1996 Toyota Land Cruiser Electrical Wiring Diagram ... · PDF fileOVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING...

Brought to you by BirfMark


2

A INTRODUCTION

This manual consists of the following 11 sections:

No. Section Description

A

INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.

A

INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.

B HOW TO USE THISMANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.

C TROUBLE-SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.

D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

EGLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS

Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.

F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

G ELECTRICALWIRING ROUTING

Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

H POWER SOURCE(Current Flow Chart)

Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electricalloads.

INDEX Index of the system circuits.

I

SYSTEM CIRCUITS

Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply throughground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown andclassified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to thesection, “How to use this manual”).The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are alsocontained in this section.

J GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all the parts decribed in this manual.

KOVERALLELECTRICALWIRING DIAGRAM

Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.



3

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B

This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles bydividing them into a circuit for each system.

The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the powersource is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagramsare shown with the switches in the OFF position.)

When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit wherethe problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplyingpower to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see GroundPoints section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.

When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuitto isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routing sections to findeach part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiringharness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internalwiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connectionwithin a junction block.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from ,to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Electrical WiringDiagram at the end of this manual.



* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to theactual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

4

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUALBrought to you by BirfMark


A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

5

B

: System Title

: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and onlythe Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from theJ/B.

Example: Indicates Relay Block No. 1.

: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (thenumeral indicates the pin No.)

Explanation of pin use.

The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or onlyinclude those in the specification.

: Connector Color

Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.

: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, orspecification is different.

: Indicates related system.

: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with male terminal isshown with arrows ( ).

Outside numerals are pin numbers.

The first letter of the code for each wiring harness andwiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’slocation, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for theInstrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for theBody and Surrounding area.

When more than one code has the first and secondletters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),this indicates the same type of wiring harness andwiring harness connector.

: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). Thecode is the same as the code used in parts position.

: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.and the connector code is shown beside it). JunctionBlocks are shaded to clearly separate them from otherparts (different junction blocks are shaded differently forfurther clarification).

3B indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo. 3.

Example:

: Indicates the wiring color.

Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.

B = Black L = Blue R = Red

BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet

G = Green O = Orange W = White

GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.

Example: L - Y

(Blue) (Yellow)

: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for theEngine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” forthe Body).

Example:

The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by theshaded section.

: Page No.

: Indicates a shielded cable.

: Indicates a ground point.

The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for theEngine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel andSurrounding area, and “B” for the Body andSurrounding area.

: Indicates the pin number of the connector.

The numbering system is different for female and maleconnectors.

Example: Numbered in orderfrom upper left tolower right

Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left

: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, theparts connector name used in the wire routing sectionis shown in square brackets [ ].



Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

6

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER W NDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER W NDOW CONTROLRELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.

1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED N POWER W NDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER W NDOWCONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER W NDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAYFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE W NDOWS CAN STOP AT WILLPOINT.

(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOW ARE CHANGED).

2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOW TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT NSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER W NDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE W NDOW.

THE W NDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENTBETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 N RELAY.

3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION N OPERAT NG AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASS NG TERMINAL 2FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION N THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOWSTOPS AND CONT NUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.

4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION

HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OFTHE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER W NDOW SW TERMINAL7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE W NDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTORIS STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.

SWITCHING THE W NDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.

(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE D RECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).

P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY

3-GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

2-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

5-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT UP POSITION

8-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION

9-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION

P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

4-GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

3-GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

WINDOW LOCK SW

OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

P 2 21 P 4 21 P 6 21

P 3 21 P 5 21

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

1 16 R/B NO. 1 ( NSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND W RE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

3B 14 J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT S DE)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH W RE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH W RE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINT LOCATION

IC 24 COWL LEFT

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE W RE HARNESS WITH SPLICE PO NTS

I 5 24 COWL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS



Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

7

B

: Explains the system outline.

: Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.

Example: Part “P 4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.

* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its orderin parts starting with the letter.

Part is 4th in orderPower Window Master SW

Example: P 4

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in thesystem circuit.

Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of theinstrument panel.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the systemcircuit.

Example: Connector “3B”connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of thismanual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.

: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the femalewiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).

Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is describedon page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.

Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.

Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.

HINT:

Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7, J8,J9) in this manual include a short terminal which isconnected to a number of wire harnesses. Alwaysperform inspection with the short terminal installed.(When installing the wire harnesses, the harnessescan be connected to any position within the shortterminal grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, thesame position in the short terminal may be connectedto a wire harness from a different part.)Wire harness sharing the same short terminalgrouping have the same color.



* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, CircuitBreaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

POWER SOURCE

8

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system areexplained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.



* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

J GROUND POINT

9

B

The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. Whentroubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify theproblem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also bechecked this way.



10

C TROUBLESHOOTING

VOLTAGE CHECK(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the

check point.

Example:- Ignition SW on- Ignition SW and SW 1 on- Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW2 off)

(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a goodground point or negative battery terminal, and thepositive lead to the connector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test light instead of avoltmeter.

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no

voltage between the check points.(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the

check points.

If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be nocontinuity.

(c) Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.



11

C

FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the

fuse.(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.Example:

- Ignition SW on- Ignition SW and SW 1 on- Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the

Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while

watching the test light.The short lies between the connector where the testlight stays lit and the connector where the light goesout.

(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shakingthe problem wire along the body.

CAUTION:(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless

absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals aretouched, the IC may be destroyed by staticelectricity.)

(b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part)of the digital meter, be careful that no part of yourbody or clothing comes in contact with theterminals of leads from the IC, etc. of thereplacement part (spare part).

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORSTo pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not thewire harness.HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnectingbefore pulling apart.



12

C TROUBLESHOOTING

HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL(with terminal retainer or secondary lockingdevice)1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL

HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, pleaseconstruct and use the special tool or like object shownon the left.

2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR

3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE ORTERMINAL RETAINER(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the

terminal locking clip can be released and the terminalremoved from the connector.

(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock thesecondary locking device or terminal retainer.

NOTICE:Do not remove the terminal retainer from connectorbody.

For Non-Waterproof Type ConnectorHINT: The needle insertion position varies according

to the connector’s shape (number of terminalsetc.), so check the position before inserting it.

“Case 1”Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporarylock position.

“Case 2”Open the secondary locking device.



13

C

For Waterproof Type ConnectorHINT: Terminal retainer color is different

according to connector body.Example:Terminal Retainer: Connector BodyBlack or White : GrayBlack or White : Dark GrayGray or White : Black

“Case 1”Type where terminal retainer is pulled upto the temporary lock position (Pull Type).Insert the special tool into the terminalretainer access hole ( Mark) and pull theterminal retainer up to the temporary lockposition.

HINT: The needle insertion position variesaccording to the connector’s shape(number of terminals, etc.), so check theposition before inserting it.

“Case 2”Type which cannot be pulled as far asPower Lock insert the tool straight into theaccess hole of terminal retainer as shown.



14

C TROUBLESHOOTING

Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lockposition.

(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull theterminal out from rear.

4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR(a) Insert the terminal.HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the

temporary lock position.

(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainerinto the full lock position.

5. CONNECT CONNECTOR



15

ABBREVIATIONS D

ABBREVIATIONSThe following abbreviations are used in this manual.ABS = Anti-Lock Brake SystemA/C = Air ConditioningA/T = Automatic TransmissionCD = Compact DiscCOMB. = CombinationDIFF. = DifferentialECU = Electronic Control UnitEGR = Exhaust Gas RecirculationESA = Electronic Spark AdvanceFL = Fusible LinkLH = Left-HandO/D = OverdriveR/B = Relay BlockRH = Right-HandSFI = Sequential Multiport Fuel InjectionSRS = Supplemental Restraint SystemSW = SwitchTEMP. = TemperatureVSV = Vacuum Switching ValveW/ = WithW/O = Without

* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are nottreated as being abbreviations.



METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle tomove, thereby providing a relativedisplay against a backgroundcalibration.

LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodesemit light without producing theheat of a comparable light.

IGNITION COILConvert low-voltage DC currentinto high-voltage ingition currentfor firing the spark plugs.

1. SINGLEFILAMENT

GROUNDThe point at which wiring attachesto the Body, thereby providing areturn path for an electrical circuit;without a ground, current cannotflow.

Current flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light.A headlight may have either asingle (1) filament or a double (2)filament.

BATTERYStores chemical energy andconverts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’svarious electrical circuits.

CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.

CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it. Someunits automatically reset when cool,others must be manually reset.

DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.

DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flowin one direction but blocks reverseflow only up to a specific voltage.Above that potential, it passes theexcess voltage. This acts as asimple voltage regulator.

PHOTODIODEThe photodiode is a semiconductorwhich controls the current flowaccording to the amount of light.

FUSEA thin metal strip which burnsthrough when too much currentflows through it, thereby stoppingcurrent flow and protecting acircuit from damage.

FUSIBLE LINKA heavy-gauge wire placed inhigh amperage circuits whichburns through on overloads,thereby protecting the circuit.The numbers indicate the cross-section surface area of the wires.

HORNAn electric device which sounds aloud audible signal.

LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat upand emit light.

METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one ormany LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescentdisplays, which provide a relativeor digital display.

MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.

CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.

DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high-voltage currentfrom the ignition coil to theindividual spark plugs.

2. DOUBLEFILAMENT

HEADLIGHTS

FUEL

(for High Current Fuse orFusible Link.)

(for Medium Current Fuse)

M

16

E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLSBrought to you by BirfMark


17

E

1. NORMALLYOPEN

Opens andcloses circuits,therebystopping (1) orallowing (2)current flow.

RESISTORAn electrical component with afixed resistance, placed in a circuitto reduce voltage to a specificvalue.

RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non adjustableresistance values.

SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies itsresistance with temperature.

SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a juction block.

SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil whichforms a magnetic field whencurrent flows, to move a plunger,etc.

SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuouslypasses current through one setof contacts or the other.

SWITCH,IGNITION

A key operated switch withseveral positions which allowsvarious circuits, particularly theprimary ignition circuit, tobecome operational.

Wires are alwaysdrawn as straight lineson wiring diagrams.Crossed wires (1)without a black dot atthe junction are notjoined; crossed wires(2) with a black dot oroctagonal ( ) mark atthe juction as spliced(joined) connections.

RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.

SENSOR, SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create asignal for activation of othercomponents.

TRANSISTORA solid state device typically usedas an electronic relay; stops orpasses current depending on thevoltage applied at “base.”

SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers tothe stop position when the wiperswitch is turned off.

SWITCH, MANUAL

SPEAKERAn electromechanical devicewhich creates sound waves fromcurrent flow.

2. NORMALLYCLOSED

RESISTOR, VARIABLE ORRHEOSTAT

A controllable resistor with avariable rate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.

2. NORMALLYOPEN

RELAY

1. NORMALLYCLOSED

Basically, an electricallyoperated switch which maybe normally closed (1) oropen (2).Current flow through asmall coil creates amagnetic field which eitheropens or closes anattached switch.

(2) SPLICED

WIRES(1) NOT

CONNECTED



18

F RELAY LOCATIONS

[Engine Compartment]

2 : R/B No. 2 Front Side of Left Fender



19

F

[Instrument Panel]

[Body]



20

F RELAY LOCATIONS

1 : R/B No. 1 Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)

Fuse Block Instrument Panel Left (See Page 19)



21

MEMOBrought to you by BirfMark


22

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

A 1 A/C Magnetic Clutch F 1 Front Turn Signal Light LHA 2 A/C Dual Pressure SW F 2 Front Turn Signal Light RHA 3 A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor F 3 Front Wiper MotorA 4 ABS Actuator F 4 Fuel Pump RelayA 5 ABS Actuator F 5 Fuel Pump ResistorA 6 ABS Relay F 6 Fusible Link (AM1)A 7 ABS Relay F 7 Fusible Link (AM2)A 8 Auto Antenna Motor F 8 Fusible Link (Main)

B 1 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW G 1 GeneratorG 2 Generator

C 1 Center Diff. Lock Control MotorC 2 Center Diff. Lock Indicator SW H 1 Headlight Hi LHC 3 Crankshaft Position Sensor H 2 Headlight Hi RHC 4 Cruise Control Actuator H 3 Headlight Lo LH

H 4 Headlight Lo RHD 1 Data Link Connector 1 H 5 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)D 2 Distributor H 6 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

H 7 Horn LHE 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor H 8 Horn RHE 2 Electronically Controlled Transmission SolenoidE 3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor



23

G

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

I 1 Idle Air Control Valve P 1 Park/Neutral Position SWI 2 Igniter P 2 Parking Light LHI 3 Ignition Coil P 3 Parking Light RHI 4 Injector No. 1I 5 Injector No. 2 S 1 StarterI 6 Injector No. 3 S 2 StarterI 7 Injector No. 4I 8 Injector No. 5 T 1 Throttle Position SensorI 9 Injector No. 6 T 2 Transfer L4 Position SW

T 3 Transfer Neutral Position SWK 1 Knock Sensor 1K 2 Knock Sensor 2 V 1 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter)

V 2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Electronically ControlledM 1 Mass Air Flow Transmission)

V 3 VSV (EGR)N 1 Noise Filter (Ignition System) V 4 VSV (Fuel Pressure Control)N 2 Noise Filter (Oil Pressure Sender)

W 1 Washer Change ValveO 1 Oil Level Warning SW W 2 Washer MotorO 2 Oil Pressure Sender W 3 Water Temp. SenderO 3 Oil Pressure Sender W 4 Water Temp. SW (A/C)



24


Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

A 9 A/C Amplifier C 11 Combination MeterA 10 A/C System Amplifier C 12 Combination MeterA 11 A/C Thermistor C 13 Combination MeterA 12 ABS ECU C 14 Combination SWA 13 ABS ECU C 15 Combination SWA 14 Air Inlet Control Servo Motor C 16 Cooling Fan (Radio and Player)A 15 Air Mix Control Servo Motor C 17 Cruise Control ECUA 16 Air Vent Mode Control Servo MotorA 17 Airbag Sensor Assembly D 3 Data Link Connector 3A 18 Airbag Squib (Front Passenger’s Airbag Assembly) D 4 Diff. Lock Control SWA 19 Airbag Squip (Steering Wheel Pad) D 5 Diff. Lock ECUA 20 Ashtray Illumination D 6 Diode (Front Washer)A 21 Auto Antenna Control SW D 7 Diode (Headlight)

D 8 Diode (Interior Light)B 2 Blower Motor (A/C) D 9 Diode (Interior Light)B 3 Blower Motor (Heater) D 10 Diode (Interior Light)B 4 Blower Resistor D 11 Diode (Rear Washer)B 5 Blower Speed Control Relay D 28 Diode (Neutral Detection)

C 5 Center Diff. Lock Control Relay E 4 Engine Control ModuleC 6 Cigarette Lighter E 5 Engine Control ModuleC 7 Cigarette Lighter Illumination E 6 Engine Control ModuleC 8 Circuit Opening Relay E 7 Engine Control ModuleC 9 Clock E 8 Engine Control Temp. Cut RelayC 10 Combination Meter



25

G

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

F 9 Front Speaker LH L 1 Light Retainer RelayF 10 Front Speaker RHF 11 Fuse Block R 1 Radio and Player

R 2 Radio and PlayerG 3 Glove Box Light R 3 Radio and PlayerG 4 Glove Box Light SW R 4 Rear Heater SW

R 5 Rear Window Defogger SWH 9 Hazard SW R 6 Remote Control Mirror SWH 10 Heater Control SW and A/C SW R 7 RheostatH 11 Heater Control SW and A/C SW

S 3 Seat Belt Warning RelayI 10 Ignition Key Cylinder Light S 4 Short Connector (SRS)I 11 Ignition Key Cylinder Light Relay S 5 Short Connector (SRS)I 12 Ignition SW, Unlock Warning SW and Key Interlock S 6 Short Connector (SRS)

Solenoid S 7 Short Connector (SRS)S 8 Short Connector (A/C)

J 1 Junction Connector S 9 Short Connector (A/C)J 2 Junction Connector S 10 Short Pin (Center Diff. Lock)J 3 Junction Connector S 11 Stereo Component AmplifierJ 4 Junction Connector S 12 Stereo Component AmplifierJ 5 Junction Connector S 13 Stop Light SWJ 6 Junction ConnectorJ 7 Junction ConnectorJ 8 Junction ConnectorJ 9 Junction Connector



26


Position of Parts in Body

A 22 ABS Deceleration Sensor D 24 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SWA 23 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH Front LHA 24 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH D 25 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SWA 25 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH Front RHA 26 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH D 26 Door Lock Motor Rear LH

D 27 Door Lock Motor Rear RHB 6 Back Door Courtesy SWB 7 Back Door Lock Motor E 9 Electronically Controlled Transmission Pattern

Select SWD 12 Door Courtesy Light Front LHD 13 Door Courtesy Light Front RH F 12 Front Diff. Lock Control MotorD 14 Door Courtesy Light Rear LH F 13 Front Diff. Lock Position SWD 15 Door Courtesy Light Rear RH F 14 Front Door Speaker LHD 16 Door Courtesy SW Front LH F 15 Front Door Speaker RHD 17 Door Courtesy SW Front RH F 16 Front Interior Light (w/ Moon Roof)D 18 Door Courtesy SW Rear LH F 17 Front Interior Light (w/o Moon Roof)D 19 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH F 18 Fuel Sender and PumpD 20 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LHD 21 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH H 12 High Mounted Stop LightD 22 Door Lock Control RelayD 23 Door Lock Control SW RH L 2 License Plate Light

M 2 Moon Roof Control RelayM 3 Moon Roof Control SW and Personal LightM 4 Moon Roof Limit SW and Motor



27

G

Position of Parts in Body

O 4 O/D Main SW R 17 Rear Window Defogger (+)R 18 Rear Window Defogger (-)

P 4 Parking Brake SW R 19 Rear Wiper MotorP 6 Power Window Master SW R 20 Rear Wiper RelayP 7 Power Window Motor Front LH R 21 Remote Control Mirror LHP 8 Power Window Motor Front RH R 22 Remote Control Mirror RHP 9 Power Window Motor Rear LH R 23 Roof Speaker LHP 10 Power Window Motor Rear RH R 24 Roof Speaker RHP 11 Power Window SW Front RHP 12 Power WIndow SW Rear LH S 14 Shift Lock ECUP 13 Power Window SW Rear RH

T 4 Trailer Socket (Tail and Stop Light)R 8 Rear Combination Light LH T 5 Trailer Socket (Turn Signal Light)R 9 Rear Combination Light RH T 6 Trailer Socket (Turn Signal Light)R 10 Rear Diff. Lock Control MotorR 11 Rear Diff. Lock Position SW V 6 Vanity Light LHR 12 Rear Door Speaker LH V 7 Vanity Light RHR 13 Rear Door Speaker RHR 14 Rear Heater W 5 Woofer (Speaker)R 15 Rear Heater Relay W 6 Woofer AmplifierR 16 Rear Interior Light



28


Position of Parts in Seat

B 8 Buckle SW LH P 19 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control)P 20 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control)

P 14 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat) P 21 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Front VerticalP 15 Power Seat Control SW (Passenger’s Seat) Control)P 16 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Front Vertical P 22 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Rear Vertical

Control) Control)P 17 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support P 23 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Reclining

Control) Control)P 18 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical P 24 Power Seat Motor (Passenger’s Seat Slide Control)

Control)



29



30


: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points



31

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1

EA2 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

EA3

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

EA4 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)

EB1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)

EC1ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)

EC2ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)

EY1 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)

EZ1 ENGINE WIRE AND VSV SUB WIRE (NEAR THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)

Ea1 TRANSMISSION WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR WIRE (NEAR THE TRANSMISSION)



32


: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points




33

G



ID1

ID2 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KIC NEL)

ID3

COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IE1 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

IG1COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

IG2COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

IH1ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

IH2ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

II1COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KI NEL)

II2COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)



34


: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Ground Points



35

G



BJ1FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BJ2FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BK1 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BL1 ROOF WIRE AND ROOF NO. 3 WIRE (ROOF LEFT)

BM1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)

BN1REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BN2REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BO1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)

BP1REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

BP2REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

BQ1FLOOR NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BQ2FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BR1LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BR2LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BS1BACK DOOR NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)

BS2BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)



36






37

G



BT1BACK DOOR NO 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

BT2BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

BU1 REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

BV1 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE (UNDER THE LOWER BACK PANEL)

BW1 ROOF NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BX1 REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT)

Bb1 COWL WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)

Bd1 COWL WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

Be1 SPEED SENSOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (FRONT AXLE HOUSING LH)

Bf1 FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 3 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING LH)

Bg1 FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 4 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING RH)

Bh1FLOOR NO 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

Bh2FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)



38






39

G



Bc1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Bi1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

Bj1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)



40


The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link,Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the relatedsystem is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, notnecessarily on the page indicated here.

[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18) : Fuse Block (F11 See page 20)



41

H

: R/B No. 1 (See page 20) : Fusible Link (F6, F7, F8 See page 22)



42


* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.

[LOCATION] : R/B No. 2 (See page 18) : Fuse Block (F11 See page 20) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20)



43

HBrought to you by BirfMark


44






45



46






47



48






49



50



52

POWER SOURCE

2 2

2 2 2

2 2

1

2

2

2

2 2

1

2

2

22

E A33EA23

EA 26

I 1

E 6

E 7

I 1

I 4I 4I 4

23

4 11

A B C

2

B−

L

WW

W

BB

B−

Y

B−

Y

B −Y W W W BLG

W−

G

G−

O

L−

O

B−

L

L−

B

L−

W

G−

W

B−

WYL

GR

L−

Y

G−

O

B−

R

W

W

B

WW

W

B

W

R− W

R− L

R −Y

B−Y

L− R

B −Y

R− Y

R−

W

FUSIB LE L IN K

15A EFI

15A HE AD (LH)

15A HEA D (R H)

FL

AM

1 1

. 2

5B

FL

AM

2 0

. 3

P

FL

MA

IN 2

. 0

L

1 1 15

0A

AM

1

1 0ADO M E

15AHAZ−HO R N

H EADR ELAY

FUS E BLOC K

30

A F

L P

OW

ER

15

A O

BD

40

A F

L H

EA

TE

R

10

A S

TO

P

20

A D

EF

OG

7.

5A

IGN

30

A D

FF

20

A R

EA

R−

HT

R

7.

5A

TU

RN

15

A E

CU

−IG

10

A G

AU

GE

20

A W

IPE

R

15

A C

IG

BA TTER Y

F11

2 3

2 3 2

2 4

2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 4

4

1

1

1 3

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3

1

1

2

3

2

2

E 9

W

W

2

2

1

60

A A

BS

B−

W

W

W−

R

W−

R

1

2

I 4

WB

−R

W

10

A E

CU

−B

WW

−R

1

6

G 2

G EN ER ATO R

W

I 4W

15

A T

AIL

Y−

L

2

R

B

IG NITIO N SW

I12

1

1 3

2

R−

B

TAILR ELAY

B−Y 1

AM

2

AM

1

AC

C

IG1

IG2

ST

1

F 6 F 7 F 8A B C



53

HEAD RELAY(2) 1- (2) 2 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

(WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)I12 IGNITION SW

4-3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION4-2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION11-6 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION

TAIL RELAY(1) 2- (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

(WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)

: PARTS LOCATION


F 6 A 22 F 8 C 22 G 2 22

F 7 B 22 F11 25 I12 25

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER)





: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 6 I 132 COWL WIRE

E 7 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 432 COWL WIRE

E 9

(S EE PA G E 20)

F11 I12F 6 F 8A C BLA CK

1

F 7 B

1

G 2G RA Y

2

X 6 11

3 41

SERVICE HINTS



54

STARTING AND IGNITION

IG N ITIO N CO IL

I 3

1 6

1

EA23 EA26

IH121

2

2

2

2

P

N

6

5

I13

E19

M

B

AB

A

1

B− W

B

W − R

B−R

BW

W−

R

B−

L

B−

R

B−

WB

−W

B− W

TO

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE

IG N ITIO N SW

1 1

FL

AM

1 1

. 2

5B

FL

AM

2 0

. 3

P

STAR TER

B ATTERY

FUSIBLE LIN K

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

N S

W

50AAM 1

I12P

1

S 1 S

2

F 6 F

7

AB

B

4 1 2 1 2 4

IH214 IH 213

B− R

G −G 1NEG TG F

B−

G

B−

Y

W R L

B−

G

B−

Y

B

IG

D 2

I 2

B

1

4

2

3

1

W−

B( S

HIE

LD

ED

)

EA2

8

B

B−

W

G

3

A17 A23 B12 B11 B6 B10

G 2

BE 4 , E 6A

ENG IN E C ONTR OL M O DULE

EC

EA21

B− R

B−

R

B−

R

B−

R

B−

R

EC

IH14

W−

BW

−B

O IS E FILTERN ITIO N

YS TEM )

1

IH 115

A

A

J 9

JU NCTIO NCO NNEC TO R

TO

CR

UIS

E C

ON

TR

OL

EC

U

B− W

TO

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE

−W

53

EX IGF IG T NE G 1 G −

B C

D IS TR IBUTO R

N ITER

G2

2

1

N(IG S

N

I 6

A

1 2

A M 1

A M 2

A CC

IG 2

IG 1

ST1

4

1



55

I12 IGNITION SW4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION11-6 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION

S 1 (B), S 2 (A) STARTERPOINTS CLOSED WITH THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW AT P OR N POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION

P 1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW6-5 : CLOSED WITH THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


D 2 22 I 2 23 P 1 23

E 4 A 24 I 3 23 S 1 B 23

E 6 B 24 I12 25 S 2 A 23

F 6 A 22 J 9 25

F 7 B 22 N 1 23

: RELAY BLOCKS





EA2 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)

IH132 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

1H232 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

EC 30 AIR INTAKE CHAMBER

: SPLICE POINTS


E19 30 ENGINE WIRE I13 32 COWL WIRE

I 6 32 COWL WIRE

D ARK G R AY

1

BLAC K E 4 A F 7 BF 6 A

G RA Y G R AY

B LA CKD AR K G RAY BLA CK

P 1N 1

I12I 3I 2

D 2 G R AY

1 2 3 4

17 X 23

1

1 2 3 4 5

1 21

X 6 11

4 A A A A

A A A A A A A

J 9

1 2

E 6 B D AR K G RAY

XX 6

X 10 11 12

(HINT : S EE PAG E 7)

X5 6

1

S 1 B S 2 A BLACK

1

SERVICE HINTS



56

CHARGING

G EN ER ATO R

G 1 G 2A B

2

2

2

2

2

A

I 4

A

B

EA 14

W

B

B− L

Y−

L

W B−

LW

B−

L

FR O M P O W E R SO UR CE S Y STE M (S EE PA G E 52)

C HA R G E W A RN INGLIG H T[C O M B. M ETE R ]

FU SIB LE LIN K

B A TTER Y

FU S E BLO C K50 AAM 1

7. 5ACH A RG E

1

13

7B

−L

FL

MA

IN 2

. 0

L

FL

AM

1 1

. 2

5B

F 6 F 8A C

C 11

, C 1 3B A

F11

1 2

2

2

1

1

7.

5A

IG

N

3

4

A2 A1 A3 B1

B−

L

Y−

L

B W

EA 15

C1

2

Y− L

Y−

L

IG

IC RE G ULATO R

L S B



57

G 1 (A), G 2 (B) GENERATOR(B) 1-GROUND : 13.9-15.1 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25C (77F)

13.5-14.3 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115C (239F)(A) 3-GROUND : 0-4 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING

: PARTS LOCATION


C11 B 24 F 8 C 22 G 2 B 22

C13 A 24 F11 25

F 6 A 22 G 1 A 22

: RELAY BLOCKS






: SPLICE POINTS


I 4 32 COWL WIRE

1

F 6 A 8F CC11 B C13 A

G 1 A

BLU E

(SEE PAG E 20)

F11

1

G 2 BG RA Y

X7X

1 2 3

X 13

SERVICE HINTS



58

ENGINE CONTROL

THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE, ETC. ANOUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.

1. INPUT SIGNALS

(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT-IN THERMISTOR WITH ARESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE MASS AIR FLOW AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. WHICH IS INPUTAS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.

(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL FROM THE HEATEDOXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1, BANK 1 SENSOR 2) TO TERMINALS OX1 , OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.

TO STABILIZE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR IS WARMED.

(4) RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT

CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND THE PICK-UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDETHE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NE2+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE, AND ENGINE SPEED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE.

(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL WHICH IS INPUTINTO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE ENGINE IDLINGSIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL.

(6) VEHICLE SPEED CIRCUIT

THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSION, AND THE SIGNAL ISINPUT TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE VIA THE COMBINATION METER.

(7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN “N” AND “P” OR NOT, AND THE SIGNAL ISINPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.

(8) A/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL A/C OFTHE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT

VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNEDON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE START-UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE VIA THW EFI MAIN RELAY.

THE CURRENT FLOW THROUGH THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .

(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT

INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MASS AIR FLOW, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL VG OF THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(11) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING OR NOT, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTOTERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(12) STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT

TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING ISDETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(13) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT

ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR 1 AND 2, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS KNK1 ANDKNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

SYSTEM OUTLINE



59

2. CONTROL SYSTEM

* SFI SYSTEM

THE SFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALSFROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. THE BEST FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED BASED ON THISDATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TOTERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50 AND #60 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR. (INJECT THE FUEL).THE SFI SYSTEM PRODUCES CONTROL OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE IN RESPONSE TOTHE DRIVING CONDITIONS.

* ESA SYSTEM

THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULEFROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO (13) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TOTHIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TOTERMINAL IGT THIS SIGNAL, WHICH CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVINGCONDITIONS.

* HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM

THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW(TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OFTHE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2),(4), (9) TO (11) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS HT AND HT2 TO CONTROL THE HEATER.

* IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM

THE IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FORFAST IDLE-UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO ON.THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9), (11)ETC.) AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL ISC1, ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE.

* EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM

THE EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLS THE VSV (EGR) BY EVALUATING THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUTSIGNALS FROM (1), (5), (9)), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE.

* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM

THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OOPERATION OUTPUTS TO TERMINAL FPR AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP RELAY AND THUSCONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO CONDITIONS.

* FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM

THE FUEL PRESSURE UP SYSTEM CAUSES THE VSV (FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL) TO COME ON FOR HIGH TEMP. STARTS ANDIMMEDIATELY AFTER STARTING IN ORDER TO INCREASE THE FUEL PRESSURE, IMPROVE STARTABILITY AT HIGHTEMPERATURES AND PROVIDE STABLE IDLING. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACHSENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (5), (11)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL FPU AND CONTROLS THE VSV.

3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SIGNAL SYSTEM, THEMALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THECODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP.

4. FAIL -SAFE SYSTEMWHEN THE MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL-SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.



60

ENGINE CONTROL

222

INJ

EC

TO

R N

O.

1

I 4

1 1 1 1

2

1

2

1

2

2

2 2

2

2

2 2

2

I 6

EA26 EA23 IH114

2

EB

A1 B1

1

4

2 3 2

2

3

2

1 1 1

3 2

1 4

B− W

B − R

R − Y

G − O

Y

B− L

R

Y− L

W − G

B

W−

R

B

W−

R

WB

−L

W−

L

W−

R

W−

G

Y

Y−

R

Y−

L

Y−

R

BR

R−

Y

R−

Y

B−

R

R

B−

R

B−

R

B−

R

B−

R

B−

R

B−

R

B−

L

Y

R

G − O

FU

SIB

LE

LIN

K

EF I M AINRELAY

15AEF

50AAM 1

INJ

EC

TO

R N

O.

3

.4

INJ

EC

TO

R N

O.

5

INJ

EC

TO

R N

O. 6

BATTE RY

SEO C K

FL

AM

1 1

. 2

5B

FL

AM

2 0

. 3

P

FR O M PO W ER SO U RCESYS TE M (SE E PA G E 52)

FR O M P OW ERS O UR C E SYS TE M(SEE P AG E 52)

F 6

F

7

I 5 I 6 7

I 8

I 9

B

E B11

E20

Y − R

W − L

W − R

Y

Y − R

Y−

R

Y− R

B− L

E21

E16

B − L

B− R

B −R

B − R B− R

Y − R

EA27

1 6

IG N ITIO N SW

1

B−

R

7.

5A

IG

N

10

A G

AU

GE

10

A S

TO

P

FUBL

F11

1

I

1

4

I1 2

INJ

EC

TO

R N

O.

2

INJ

EC

TO

R N

O.

I

AM 2

AM 1

AC C

IG 1

ST1

IG 2A



61

I 6

E16

E16

E20

IH214 IH213

ID

D3 D1 D4 D2 A17 A23 B12 B11 B6

A1 A2 A11 D8 D7 A19 C4 C9

1

2

2

1

1 2 1 2 4

B− W

R−Y

B− R

G− O

Y

B−L

R

W −G

W−R

B −W

W −B

Y− R

BR−B

BR−B

B− R

B−W

Y

R−

YR

−Y

R

B−

L

Y−

R

B−

G

B−

YB

−Y

B−

G

W R

Y−

R

Y

L−

W

B−

W

G−

Y

BR

−B

R−

W

BR

−B

BR

−B

B−

R

B

B−

R

# 50 # 40 # 20 SPD A/C THG THW E2

BR−B

M R LY IG SW W BATT IGF IGT NE G 1 G −

IGNITIO N C OIL

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE

EG

R G

AS

TE

MP

. S

EN

SO

R

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LA

NT

TE

MP

. S

EN

SO

R

MA

LF

UN

CT

ION

IN

DIC

AT

OR

LA

MP

[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

I 3

E 1

E 3

E 4

E

5

E

6

E

7

FR

OM

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LA

NT

TE

MP

. C

UT

RE

LA

Y

AC

B

A12A15 A25

W−L

Y− R

Y−L

Y− R

W−

R

W−

L

Y−

L

W−

G

# 30# 60 # 10

A5

B6

BC

10

, C

11

A

D14

G−

W

S TP

Y− R

STO PLIG HTSW

S13

EA2

1

EA2

8

B− R

B10

G

( SH

IEL

DE

D)

G 2

D

BR

3

BR

−B

2

1

A

A

JUNCTIONCO NN ECTO R

J 1

B−L B− L

1

SE FILTERNITIO N SYSTEM )

I19

LL

B− W

Y

Y− R

D9

L4

B−

LF

RO

M T

RA

NS

FE

R L

4P

OS

ITIO

N S

W

L

( SH

IEL

DE

D)

G−

O

EA22

2

NO I(IG

N 1

3 4 5

IGF IG T NE G 1 G−

B EX C

IGNITERDISTRIBUTOR

I 2D 2

G2

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

C1

3

3

1

1 2



62

ENGINE CONTROL

1 2 3 4

I18

E17

E17

EC

C6

C11 C10 C3 C16 C2 A26 A13 A24

1

3 5 2

B− W

Y− R

W −B

B −W

W −B

BR− B

BR− B

G−

W

G−

B

L−

Y

BR G B

R

BR

BR

−B

BR

BR

−B

IDL V TA THA E21 EO 2VG EO1 E 1

KNK1

EN GINE CO NTROL M ODULE

THRO TTLEPO SITIO NSENS OR

MA

SS

AIR

FL

OW

BR

−B

M 1

T 1

E 4 E 5

,

E 6 E 7A C B

C14

L−

WB

KNK2

D13

D

FPR

W−

R

B−L B− L

(SH IELD ED )

B5

Y− R

A A A A

A

(SHIE LDED)

(SHIE LDED)

( SH

( SH

( SH

DE

D)

DE

D)

L

W −B

L

J 9

N E2+

E16

C1

R−

G

C12

BR− B

R−

W

Y− R

4

BR

−B

VCC O IL

A16

I18

BR−B

W− R

BR−B

BR

BR

E17

BR

−B

BR−B

E03

BR− B

Y−R

I19

B4

NE 2−

L

11

K 2

KN

OC

K S

EN

SO

R 2

K 1

KN

OC

K S

EN

SO

R 1

E17

1

IEL

DE

D)

IEL

DE

D)

IEL

DE

D)

( SH

IEL

( SH

IEL

BR

L

W −B

CR

AN

ION

SE

NS

OR

C 3

(SHIELDED)

3 2

N E

NE 2 NE−

KS

HA

FT

PO

SIT

VCVTAIDLE2

1 2

A/T FLUID TE M P. SENSOR

A 3

+BE2

THA E21 VG

A

A

JUN CTION CO NNECTO R



63

E15

E15

E21

A22 A4 A6 A5 A7 B7 B1

C7

3 1 6 4

2

2 4 2 4

Y−RY−R

Y−

R

Y−

R

Y−

R

BR

−B

Y−

RG

R LO

R−

G

G−

Y

R−

B

Y−

L

G−

O

TE1

5

E GR H T2 HT1

KTO R 1

IDL

E A

IR C

ON

TR

OL

VA

LV

E

N S

EN

SO

RR

1)

HS

EN

SO

R(

)

Y−

R

Y−

R

H 6

I 1

12

E14E14

EZ11EZ12

EZ13EZ14

A21

Y−

R

Y−

R

Y B

Y B

L−

W

L−

R

VS

V (

EG

R)

V 3

VS

V (

FU

EL

N

TR

OL

)V

4

FPU

Y− R

C5

O X1

W

C13

O X2

D5 D10

OILW TAC O

Y−

L

B

TO CO M BIN ATIO N M ETER

B−L

B− W

W −B

Y− R

W −B

B− L

B −W

W −B

Y− R

W −B

BR−B

BR−B

BR− B

BR− B

W−R

BR− B

Y− R

BR−B

W− R

BR−B

(SH IELD ED )

(SH IELD ED )

( SH

IEL

DE

D)

( SH

IEL

DE

D)

E21

E NG INE C ONTRO L M ODULE

E

4 E

5 E

6 E 7A C B D

Y− R

Y

ISC

4

ISC

2

ISC

3

ISC

1

21

PR

ES

SU

RE

CO 1 31 3

+B E1 +B E1

HT2 OX2 HT OX

HE

AT

ED

OX

YG

E( B

AN

K 1

SE

NS

O

EA

TE

D O

XY

GE

N

BA

NK

1 S

EN

SO

R 2

H 5

8

DATA L INCO NNEC

D 1

−R

123

TE1

+BE 1



64

ENGINE CONTROL

I13

D11 D22

B−L

B− W

W −B

ENG INE CO NTRO L M ODU LE

E 4 E5

E 6 E 7

STA NSW

E20 I12

D12

EC

IH1

4

D6

FROM POW ER SO URCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)

ID IE

A14

IH 117

SD L +B

FC

2 4 5

A A

16

W W

Y− R

W −B

BR− B

BR− B

Y− R

BR− B

W−R

BR− B

B− L

B −W

Y

R− W

B− R

W− R

W −B

B− W

Y− R Y Y

Y−

R

Y

R−

W

B−

W

B−

R

R−

W

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

Y−

R

BR

−B

BR

−B

W−

B

W−

B

B−

W

Y−

L

1

2

DATA LINKCO NNECTO R 3

D 3

8

UNCTIO NO NNECTO R

JU NCTIONCON NE CT

J 2

FUSEBLOC K

F11

IH28

(SHIELDED)B

RB

R

I12

W−

B

W−

B

IH1

22

15

A O

BD

SDL CG SG

BAT

AAJ

JCOR

A BC D



65

5

BO 15

ID 213

BO 13

BF

M

6

3

R−

BR

−G

R−

GW

−B

W−

B

U TR ALN S W

FU EL PU M P[FUE L SEN D ER ]

C IR C UIT O P ER ELA Y

C 8

F18

I14

R −W

R− B

FU

EL

PU

MP

RE

SIS

TO

R

F 5

FUEL PU M PR ELAY

F 4

5

IH 121

4 3

E19

IH 115

I13

TO S TA RTER

TO CO M B IN ATIO N M E TER

R− G

B −L

B− W

Y

R − W

B − R

W − R

B−R

B−RB

−W

B−

RB

P

N

6

P ARK /N EP OSITIO

P 1

NING

2 1

2

1

2 3 1

R−

W

R−

B

W−

R

R−

B



66

ENGINE CONTROL

EFI MAIN RELAY(2) 2- (2) 4:CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION

E 4 (A), E 5 (C), E 6 (B), E 7 (D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(VOLTAGE AT THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE)BATT -E1 : ALWAYS 9.0-14.0 VOLTSIGSW, +B, MRLY-E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONVCC -E2 : 4.5-5.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONIDL -E2 : 0-3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

: 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENVTA -E2 : 0.3-0.8 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

: 3.2-4.9 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENTHA -E2 : 0.5-3.4 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20C (68F)THW -E2 : 0.2-1.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 80C (176F)STA -E1 : 6.0 VOLTS OR MORE WITH THE CLANKINGIGT -E1 : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLING#10, #20, #30-EO1, EO2 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON#40, #50, #60-EO1, EO2 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONIGF -E1 : 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON

: PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLINGG1, G2-G- : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLINGNE- G- : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLINGKNK1, KNK2-E1 : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE ENGINE IDLINGISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4-E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONSTA -E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW AT “P” OR “N” POSITION

: 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW AT OTHER THAN “P ” OR “N” POSITIONSPD -E1 : PULSE GENERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW AND ROTATE DRIVING WHEEL SLOWLYTE1 -E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TE1-E1 NOT CONNECTED

: 1.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TE1-E1 CONNECTEDW -E1 : 9.0-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND NO TROUBLE (MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP OFF)A/C -E1 : 7.5-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE AIR CONDITIONING ON

: 1.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE AIR CONDITIONING OFFSTP -E1 : 7.5-14.0 VOLTS WITH THE STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)

: 1.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH THE STOP LIGHT SW OFFRESISTANCE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTORS

(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)IDL -E2 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)

: 2.3 KΩ OR LESS (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)VTA -E2 : 2.0-10.2 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)

: 0.2-5.7 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)VCC -E2 : 2.5-5.9 KΩTHA -E2 : 2.0-3 .0 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20C (68F))THW -E2 : 200-400 Ω (ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 80C (176F))G1,G2-G- : 185-275 Ω (COLD (-10C (14F) TO 0C (122F))

: 240-325 Ω (HOT (50C (122F) TO 100C (212F)NE -G- : 185-275 Ω (COLD (-10C (14F) TO 0C (122F))

: 240-325 Ω (HOT (50C (122F) TO 100C (212F)ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4-+B : 10-30 Ω

I 1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE5-4, 6 : 10-30 Ω2-1, 3 : 10-30 Ω

I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7, I 8, I 9 INJECTOR1-2 : 12-16 Ω

H 5, H 6 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1, BANK 1 SENSOR 2)1-2 : 5.0-6.5 Ω

T 1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR1-4 : 2.5-5.9 KΩ1-3 : 2.0-10.2 KΩ WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN

: 0.2-5.7 KΩ WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED1-2 : INFINITY WITH THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.75 MM (0.030 IN.)

: 2.3 KΩ LESS WITH THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.50 MM (0.020 IN.)F18 FUEL PUMP [FUEL SENDER]

3-6 : 0.2-3.0 ΩF 5 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR

1-2 : APPROX. 0.73 ΩE 1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR

1-2 : 69-89 Ω (50C, 122F): 11-15 Ω (100C, 212F): 2-4 Ω (150 C, 302F)

V 4 VSV (FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL)1-2 : 37-44 Ω (20C (68F)

SERVICE HINTS



67

V 3 VSV (EGR)1-2 : 30-34 Ω (20C, 68F)

E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR1-2 : 10-20 KΩ (-20 C, -4F)

: 4-7 KΩ (0C, 32F): 2-3 KΩ (20C, 68F): 0.9-1.3 KΩ (40C, 104F): 0.4-0.7 KΩ (60C, 140F): 0.2-0.4 KΩ (80C, 176F)

: PARTS LOCATION


A 3 22 F 5 22 I12 25

C 3 22 F 6 A 22 J 1 25

C 8 24 F 7 B 22 J 2 25

C10 A 24 F11 25 J 8 25

C11 B 24 F18 26 J 9 25

C13 24 H 5 22 K 1 23

D 1 22 H 6 22 K 2 23

D 2 22 I 1 23 M 1 23

D 3 24 I 2 23 N 1 23

E 1 22 I 3 23 P 1 23

E 3 22 I 4 23 S13 25

E 4 A 24 I 5 23 T 1 23

E 5 C 24 I 6 23 V 3 23

E 6 B 24 I 7 23 V 4 23

E 7 D 24 I 8 23

F 4 22 I 9 23

: RELAY BLOCKS






EB1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)

EZ1 30 ENGINE WIRE AND VSV SUB WIRE (NEAR THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)

ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)



BO1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)

: GROUND POINTS


EB 30 FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER


ID 32 LEFT KICK PANEL

IE 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOX

: SPLICE POINTS


E14 I 6

E15 I1232 COWL WIRE

E16 I1332 COWL WIRE

E17 30 ENGINE WIRE I14

E19 I1832 ENGINE WIRE

E20 I1932 ENGINE WIRE

E21

SERVICE HINTS



68

ENGINE CONTROLBrought to you by BirfMark


69



70

HEADLIGHT

I 1

E 5

E 2

E 2

E 4

I 6

ID

2 2

2 2

2 2 2

E A111

EA 25

E A24

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

4 2

3 2

3 1

1 1

E A

15AH EAD (LH )

15AH EAD (RH )

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LO

LH

HE

AD

LIG

HT

HI

LH

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LO

RH

HE

AD

LIG

HT

HI

RH

HI

C

AT

OR

LI

ET

ER

]

B ATTE RY

FU SIB LE LIN K

H EA DR EL AY

R− W

W

R − Y

R − Y R− Y

R−

W

W

R−

L

R−

WR

−W

R−

W

R−

L

R−

L

R−

W

R−

W

R−

WR

−Y

R−

Y

W−

B

R−

Y

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

R−

Y

W−

B

R−

YR

−Y

F 8

H 3

H 1

H 4

H 2

C1

R−

W

R−

W

W

5

6

2

1

−L

D IO DE(HE A DLIG H T)

D 7

G HTTAIN ERLA Y

C TIO NN EC TO R

W−

B

E 4

EB

W−

B

W − B

E 3

W−

B

I 6

W−

B

1

3

7

R

LIR ER E

L 1

GH

BE

AM

IN

DI

GH

T [

CO

MB

. M

3

1 1 9 12

13 14

O FF

TAIL

H EAD

H IG H

FLAS HDIM

ME

R S

WL

IGH

TC

ON

TR

OL

SW

C O M BIN ATIO N SW

C 14 B−

O

LO W

A

A

JUNCO N

J 7

FL

MA

IN 2

. 0

L



71

HEAD RELAY(2) 1 - (2) 2 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

(WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)C14 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]

13-11 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITIONC14 DIMMER SW [COMB. SW]

14-9 : CLOSED WITH THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION12-9 : CLOSED WITH THE DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


C13 24 H 1 22 J 7 25

C14 24 H 2 22 L 1 25

D 7 24 H 3 22

F 8 22 H 4 22

: RELAY BLOCKS







: GROUND POINTS


EA 30 FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER



: SPLICE POINTS


E 2 E 5 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE


E 4 I 632 COWL WIRE

5 X6X X X

X 9 11 12 13 14

11 2 X

1 21 2

AAAAA

A A A A A A A

3

X 7

C 13 BLA CKC 14 F 8O R AN G ED 7

BRO W NH 3 , H 4B LAC KH 1 , H 2 BLUEJ 7 L 1

(H INT : SE E PA G E 7)

SERVICE HINTS



72

TAILLIGHT

ID EB EA

E 5

B32

B32

5 5

EA33

EA 110 ID27

BV11

B Q14

BV13

1

11

11

A

1 3

B LO C K

JU NC TIO NC O N NECTO R

PA

LH

PA

RH

L L

TA

ILL

IG[R

EA

R

TA

ILL

IG[R

EA

R

U NC TIO NO NNE C TO R

FU SIBLE LIN K

BATTERY

W R

G

W

GG

GG

G G

G G G

W−

BW

−B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

W− B

W−

B

W−

B

GG

B−

L

2

G

7 P 2

P 3

L 2

R 8

R 9

C 14

F 8

J 1

TAILR ELA Y

B31

W−

B

R−

B

G H T R E TAINE RELAY

1

BG

R

B

B

2

1

B34

1

G

G

TR

AIL

ER

SO

CK

ET

( TA

IL A

ND

ST

OP

LIG

HT

)

T 4

2

1

FUSE F11

15

A T

AIL

2

8

LIR

L

FL

MA

IN 2

. 0

L

1

2

O FF

TA IL

HE AD

LIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

LS

W

C O M BIN ATIO N SW

A

JC

J

3

2

3

2

RK

ING

LIG

HT

RK

ING

LIG

HT

3 3

ICE

NS

E P

LA

TE

IGH

T

HT

LH

CO

MB

. L

IGH

T L

H]

HT

RH

CO

MB

. L

IGH

T R

H]

B



73


(WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)

: PARTS LOCATION


C14 24 J 7 25 P 3 23

F 8 22 L 1 25 R 8 27

F11 25 L 2 26 R 9 27

J 1 25 P 2 23 T 4 27

: RELAY BLOCKS








BQ1 34 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BV1 36 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE (UNDER THE LOWER BACK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS





BG 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS


E 5 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE B3236 FLOOR NO 3 WIRE

B31 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE B3436 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE

2 X X X

X 11

1

AAAAA

A A A A A A A

2

X 82 1

BLAC KC1 4 F 8 F1 1 J 1

BLU EJ 7 L 1 L 2

(SEE PA G E 20)

(H IN T : SE E P AG E 7)

(H IN T : SE E PAG E 7)

X 2 3

P 2 , P 3

3

X 5

R 8 , R 9

1

BLA CKT 4

B B

BBBBB

G RA Y

SERVICE HINTS



74

STOP LIGHT

1

ID22

BQ 13

B30

BG

G − W

G−

OG

−W

G−

WG

−W

G−

WW

−B

W − B

S E BLO CK

O P LIGH T S W

FR O M PO W ER SO U RC E SYS TEM (SEE PA G E 52)

3

1

G−

W

BR 1

1

BS 2

3G− W G − W

G−

W

H IG H M O U NTE DS TO P L IG HT

H 12

ST

[RE

LH

]

R 8

ST

[RE

RH

]

R 9

BF

BS21

BR 14

W−

FU

10

A S

TO

P F11

2

2

ST

S1

2

1

5

6

5

6

OP

LIG

HT

LH

AR

CO

MB

. L

IGH

T

OP

LIG

HT

RH

AR

CO

MB

. L

IGH

T

B18

B18

TRAILER SOCKET

T 4

2

(TAIL AND STOP LIGHT)



75

S13 STOP LIGHT SW2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

: PARTS LOCATION


F11 25 R 8 27 S13 25

H12 26 R 9 27 T 4 27



ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE HARNESS (LEFT KICK PANEL)


BR1 34 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BS2 34 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)

: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


B18 36 FLOOR WIRE B33 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE

B30 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE

F11 R 8, R 9 S13

(S EE P AG E 20)

H 12 BLA CK

1 2

X 5 6

1 2 2

T 4 BLAC K

SERVICE HINTS



76

BACK-UP LIGHT

8

4

IH 16

IH 17

ID 219

B Q 114

I12

B2 9

1

5

B G

3

UP L IG HT LHC O M B. L IG H T LH]

K− UP LIG H T RHR CO M B. L IG HT RH ]

TO A/T IN DIC ATOR L IG HT[C O M B . M E TE R]

TIO NNEC TO R

R −B

W − B

YY

YR

−B

R−

BR

−B

R−

BR

−B

R−

BW

−B

R− B

CK− U P LIG H T S WRK/NEU TRA L P OS ITIO N SW ]

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)

5

1

B

B

1

BAC K−[R EA R

BAC[R EA

JU NCC O N

FUS E BLO CK

F11

J 4

R 8 R 9

BA[PA

P 1

R− B

R−

B

B34

T4

TRAILER SOCKET

(TAIL AND STOP LIGHT)

3

10A

GA

UG

E



77

P 1 BACK-UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]4-8 : CLOSED WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


F11 25 P 1 23 R 9 27

J 4 25 R 8 27 T 4 27




IH1 32 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)


: GROUND POINTS



: SPLICE POINTS


I12 32 COWL WIRE B34 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE


X 4

8

1

X 5

F11 J 4 G RAYP 1 R 8 , R 9

(SEE PA GE 20)

3

BLACKT 4

BB

BBBBB

SERVICE HINTS



78

ILLUMINATION

1 1

1

E A33

A

2 3

2

1 3

B B B B

B

A A

A

2

1

1

1

ID

1 1

2

G G

R

W−

B

W−

B

W−

G

W−

G

W−

B

W

W − B

SIB LE L IN K

JU N C TIO NC O N N EC TO

R H EO S TA T

TAILR ELA Y

U SE B LOC K

JU N CTIO N CO NN E CTO R

JU N C TIO NC O N NEC TO R

BATTE RY

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

11

J 1

J 5

R 7

J 2

C 14C O M BIN A TIO N SW

W

B−

LR

−B

E TAIN E R

A

A

N C TIO NN N EC TO R

4

1

3

1

ID 115

ID 28

B13

B13

A

W−

GW

−G

W−

B

W−

G

G G

GG

EL

EC

TR

ON

ICA

LL

Y C

ON

TR

OL

LE

DT

RA

NS

MIS

SIO

N P

AT

TE

RN

SE

LE

CT

SW

A/T

SH

IFIL

LU

MIN

A[O

/D M

AI

E 9

O 4

G

G

A2C2

C1 B12

( *3

)

( *4

)

CC

11

, C

12

BA

, C

13

GW

−G

I12

W−

B

W − BW − B

F

F

15

A T

AIL

8

2

LIG H T RR ELAY

L 1FU

F 8

FL

MA

IN 2

. 0

L

T

LE

O FF

TAIL

H EADLIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

LS

W

T L

EV

ER

TIO

NN

SW

]

A

JUC O

J 7

R



79

2

A

A

IE

GW

W−

BW

−B

GL

OG

HT

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

G 3

J 8J 5

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W−

G

BR

1,

R 3

A

RA

DIO

AN

D P

LA

YE

R

A10

B54

1

3

2

1

6

IF114

IF11

I10

I16

I16

I 9 I20

2

1

2

1

3

13

I 9

A6

B2

A A A

GGG

G

G−

WW

−G

W−

GGGG

W−

G

W−

G

GGG

GG

G

W−

G

W−

G

W−

G

W−

GW

−G

W−

G

G

A A A

RE

AR

WIN

DG

GE

R S

W

HW

AN

NA

CS

W

AS

HT

RA

Y I

LL

UM

INA

TIO

N

CIG

AL

ET

TE

LIG

HT

UM

INA

TIO

N

HE

AT

ER

CO

L S

WA

ND

A/C

R 5

H

A2

0

C 7

H1

0

A

G

( *1

)( *

1)

( *1

)

RA

DR

ST

ER

EO

CO

MP

ON

EN

T A

MP

LIF

IER

R 2

BS

11

, S

12

A

6

3

A

GW

−G

A

RE

AR

S

W

J 4

R 4

( *2

)( *

2)

9

2

W− B W −B

AA

A

A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1

VE

BO

X L

I1

G 4

ER

IL

L

ON

TR

SW

HE

AT

ER

OW

DE

FO

AZ

AR

D S

UT

O A

NT

EO

NT

RO

L

9 21

IOE

AN

D P

LA

Y

*1 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER

*2 : BUILT−IN TYPE AMPLIFIER

*3 : A/T INDICATOR ILLUMINATION

*4 : METER ILLUMINATION

2

GL

OV

E B

OX

LIG

HT

SW



80

ILLUMINATION


(WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE)R 7 RHEOSTAT

1-2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH IT FULLY TURNEDCLOCKWISE

: PARTS LOCATION


A20 24 G 3 25 L 1 25

A21 24 G 4 25 O 4 27

C 7 24 H 9 25 R 1 A 25

C11 B 24 H10 25 R 2 25

C12 C 24 J 1 25 R 3 B 25

C13 A 24 J 2 25 R 4 25

C14 24 J 4 25 R 5 25

E 9 26 J 5 25 R 7 25

F 8 22 J 7 25 S11 A 25

F11 25 J 8 25 S12 B 25

: RELAY BLOCKS






ID132 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ID232 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)

: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I 9 I16 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I10 32 COWL WIRE I20 32 COWL WIRE

I12 B13 36 FLOOR WIRE

SERVICE HINTS



81



82

INTERIOR LIGHT

1 0AD O M E

FRO M PO W ER S O UR CE SY STEM (SEE PAG E 52 )

2

1

B 9 B 8

B10 B11 B11

I 9

I11 I11

I14

IE16 IE14 IE13

II24

BL11

B23

IE 12

BP 21

BL12

II29

ID

4

L− Y L− Y

L−YL− Y L− Y

W − B

R −Y

R− L

R− Y

L− Y

L− Y

L− Y

L− Y

L− Y

L− Y

R −Y R− Y

W −B

B−

WR

−L

R−

L

R−

Y

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B−

B

L−

Y

L−

Y

L−

Y

L−

Y

L−

Y

B

L−

YL

−Y

L−

YL

−Y

L−

YR

−L

R−

LR

−Y

L

1

3

( *1

)

(* 2 )

( *2

)

(* 1)

( *1

)

J 3

O P EN D O O R W A RN IN G LIG[CO M B. M ETER ]

C 13

H T)

M

PE

[M

( *1

)( *

1)

( *2

)

(* 1)

JUN C TIOCO N NE C

J 2

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

RE

AR

RH

D1

9

R−

LR

−L

R−

Y

R−

L

R−

Y

L− Y

EA1

3L− Y

I12

W−

B

IE

W−

B

B

B

JU

NC

TIO

N C

ON

NC

TO

R

6 1 5 2 3

1

R− W

HT

DIO DE (IN TER IOR L IGD10

2

1

2

1

2

OF

FO

N

DO

OR

1

2

OF

FO

N

DO

OR

1

2

BP 22

1

R−

L

3 RS

ON

AL

LIG

HT

OO

N R

OO

F C

ON

TR

OL

SW

]

1

VA

NIT

Y L

IGH

T L

H

VA

NIT

Y L

IGH

T R

H

RE

AR

IN

TE

RIO

R L

IGH

T

FR

ON

T I

NT

ER

IOR

LIG

HT

V 6

V 7

R1

6 F1

6F

17

( *1

)( *

2)

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

LIG

HT

RE

AR

RH

D1

5

1

R −

A

A

WW

−B

NTO R

B

B

B

B



83

BN22

ID24

B17

BN21

ID21

BF

BT21

BS21

BS22

BT22

ID

I14

BK114 BJ24 BR18

BJ21BK113

L−

YY

R−

LR

−Y

R −Y

DO

OR

CO

R L

H

D1

8

L− Y

L− Y

L−

Y

L−

Y

Y Y

R−

L

R−

L

R−

Y

R−

L

R−

L

R−

B

W−

BW

−B

R−

B

R−

WR

−W

R−

WW

−B

W−

BW

−B

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

H

D1

4

D1

2

IGN

ITIO

GH

T

I10

JUNCO N

J 7

W

DIODE(INTERIO R LIG HT)

D 9R−Y

L− Y

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

HD

13

L−Y

BR14

4 3

1IG NITION KE Y CYLINDERLIG HT RE LAY

I11

1

2

2

1

1

2

1

2

L−

L−

L−

R−

W

SY

LIG

HT

RE

AR

LH

SY

LIG

HT

FR

ON

T L

N K

EY

CY

LIN

DE

R L

I

SY

LIG

HT

FR

ON

T R

1

2

A

A

W−

B

CTIONNECTO R

BA

CK

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SB

6

1

R−

Y

UR

TE

SY

SW

RE

A

I 5 I 5 I 9 I 51 2

2 1II2

31

ID2

31

R−L R− L R−L R−L R−B

R−BR−GR−G

R−

L

R−

B

DOO R C OURTESY SWFRO NT RH

DIO DE(INTERIOR LIGHT)

DOOR COURTESY SWFR ONT LH

D17 D 8 D16

LPDCTY

B

*1 : W/ MOON ROOF

*2 : W/O MOON ROOF



84

INTERIOR LIGHT

F16, F17 FRONT INTERIOR LIGHT2-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE INTERIOR LIGHT POSITION SW AT DOOR POSITION

D16, D17, D18, D19 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH EACH OF THE DOOR OPEN

B 6 BACK DOOR COURTESY SW2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE BACK DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION


B 6 26 D15 26 I11 25

C13 24 D16 26 J 2 25

D 8 24 D17 26 J 3 25

D 9 24 D18 26 J 7 25

D10 24 D19 26 M 3 26

D12 26 F16 26 R16 27

D13 26 F17 26 V 6 27

D14 26 I10 25 V 7 27

: RELAY BLOCKS







1E1 32 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

II2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BJ2 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

BK1 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BL1 34 ROOF WIRE AND ROOF NO. 3 WIRE (ROOF LEFT)

BN2 34 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BP2 34 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)



BT2 36 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS





: SPLICE POINTS


I 5 B 9

I 9 B10 36 ROOF WIRE

I11 32 COWL WIRE B11

36 ROOF WIRE

I12

32 COWL WIRE

B17 36 FLOOR WIRE

I14 B23 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

B 8 36 ROOF WIRE

SERVICE HINTS



85



86

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

I 7

I 7

I 7

I 7

I 7

I 7I 1

2

1

5

2

1

EA17 ID220 ID221 EA18

BQ 19 BQ 110

1 1

1

3

A

A

E A1

2

2

ID EB BG EA

A

A

2 1

FRO M P OW E R SO UR CE SY STE M (SEE P AG E 52)

CK

15AHA Z− HO RN

G − B

G

G − Y

G − YG − B

G

G − R

−O

G−

B

G−

Y

G−

B

G−

Y

G−

B

G−

Y

G−

B

G−

Y

G−

B

G−

Y

G−

Y

G−

B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

BW

−B

JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CT

OR

FR

ON

T T

UR

NS

IGN

AL

LIG

HT

LH

RE

AR

TU

RH

[RE

AR

CO

RO N T TU R NIG N AL LIG HT R H

JUNCTIONCO N NE CTO R

IN D ICA TO R LIG H T[C O M B . M E TER ]

RE

AR

TU

LH

[RE

AR

CO

FLASHRE LAY

J 7

2

R 9

R 8

F 1

J 2

2

2

1 1

5

W − B

IF1

18G − O G −O

A2 A1

B2 B1

G−

B

G−

Y

TRAILER S OC KET(TURN SIG N AL L IG HT)

BT 5 , T 6A

IF16IF117IF116

IF1

FS

F

7.

5A

TU

RN

FUS E B LO

F11

O FF

O N

RH

LH

HA ZA RD TU RN

7 9 5 6 5 1 8

1 0 8

G

G−

Y

G−

B

G

G−

Y

G−

B

G

TU RN SIGN AL SW[C O M B . SW ]HA ZAR D SW

C 14H 9

TU RN SIG NA L

LH R H

1

8 9

C11

2 2

RN

SIG

NA

L L

IGH

TM

B.

LIG

HT

RH

]

RN

SIG

NA

L L

IGH

TM

B.

LIG

HT

LH

]

B L

E

I12

IF1

IE

G−W

G−W

G

8

G−B

G−Y

7

G−R

W−

B

W−

B



1 X X 5 X

X 8

AAAAA

A A A A A A A

AAAAA

A A A A A A A

2

X 5

1

2

1

2

B B LA C KT 6

A B LA C KT 5

C 1 1 B L U E C 1 4 B L A C K F 1 , F 2 G R A Y F1 1

R 8 , R 9J 7 B LU EJ 2 B L U EH 9 B LA C K

(S E E P A G E 20 )X98X1

(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 ) (H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

1 2

X

5 6 7 8 9 1 0

87

FLASH RELAY(1) 2-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR THE HAZARD SW ON(1) 1-GROUND : CHANGES FROM 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR

RIGHT POSITION, AND WITH THE HAZARD SW ON(1) 3-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


C11 24 F11 25 R 8 27

C14 24 H 9 25 R 9 27

F 1 22 J 2 25 T 5 A 27

F 2 22 J 7 25 T 6 B 27

: RELAY BLOCKS








1F1 32 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)


: GROUND POINTS







: SPLICE POINTS


I 132 COWL WIRE

I12 32 COWL WIRE

I 732 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS



88

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

I 1

2 2 1

2 2 1 1

EA 111

2

1

ID

E 7

EA 33

1 3 2

2 4 3 1

11

W W

WB

−R

B−

W

−L

R−

B

RR−

W

R−

Y

R−

W

W

W W

W

B A TTE RY

HE ADRE LAY

TA ILR ELAY

DIO DE(H EAD LIG HT)

D 7

FROM P OW E R SO U RC ESYSTEM (SE E PAG E 52)

W

N C TIO NO NN E CTO R

7

B LO C K

1 1

32

10

A E

CU

−B

15

A E

CU

−IG

FUS E

F11

O FF

TAIL

H EA DLIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

L S

W

ID 23

6 1 7 8

5 3 2

13 2

1

R

R−

BR

−B

W

B−

LB − O

FU SIBLE L INK C O M BINA TIO N SW

LIG H T R E TAIN ERR ELA Y

L 1

F 8 C 14

FL

MA

IN 2

. 0

L

1

W−

B

D O O R COU R TESYS W FRO NT LH

D 16

A

A

W−

B

JUC

J

B IG HR LY TRLY

D C TY H T



89

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY THROUGH ECU-IGFUSE.

VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY THROUGH THE TAIL RELAY (COIL SIDE), ANDTO TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY THROUGH THE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE).

1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION<TURN TAILLIGHT ON>

WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY.

ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 2 TO TERMINAL 2OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, CAUSING TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON.

<TURN HEADLIGHT ON>

WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY.ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 3 TO T ERMINAL13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, CAUSING HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON. THE TAILLIGHTCIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE (SEE <TURN TAILLIGHT ON>).

2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONWITH THE LIGHTS ON AND THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY),WHEN THE DOOR OF DRIVER’S SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE LIGHT RETAINER RELAY), THERELAY OPERATES, AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 AND FROMTERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 3. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.

L 1 LIGHT RETAINER RELAY1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION6-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS5-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN7-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS8-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS3-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION2-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


C14 24 F 8 22 L 1 25

D 7 24 F11 25

D16 26 J 7 25

: RELAY BLOCKS








1D2 32 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS



: SPLICE POINTS


E 7 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 1 32 COWL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS



90

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFFBrought to you by BirfMark


91

FRONT WIPER AND WASHERBrought to you by BirfMark


92

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER

FR O N T W IPERM O TO R

ID

I15

W−

B

FUSE B

F11

FROM P OW ER SO UR CE SY S TEM (SE E P AG E 52)

1

E A44

L

L

IE

A A W − B

JU NC TIONC O NN EC TO R

J 8

W − B

L

LO CK

20

A W

IPE

R

2

6

3

8 L

L−R

LG

−Y

−R

L LG

W AS HERM O TO R

W 2

I 2

E A45

L−

BL

−B

L−

B

L − W

D IOD E(FR O NT W A SHER )

D 6

I13L− B TO DIO DE

(RE AR W ASH ER )

2

1

2

1

L

MA

2 3 6 5W−

B

JUNC TIO NCO NN EC TO R

J 7

F 3A 1

+ 2 +1 +B +S

L L

M

FRO N T W IPER AND W ASH ER SWC1 5

[C O M B. SW ]

8

1

4

7

1

1

B1INT2INT1+S+1+2+B

O FF

INT

LO

HI

EWW

O FF

O N

W

EW

+S

+1

+2

+B

W IPER SW

W AS HER SW



93

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 6 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR FROM THE WIPER FUSE.

1. LOW SPEED POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO LO POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHERSW TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER MOTOR TORUN AT LOW SPEED.

2. HIGH SPEED POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO HI POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHERSW TO TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER MOTOR TORUN AT HIGH SPEED.

3. INT POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAYFUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 16 → GROUND. THIS FLOW OF THECURRENT OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER ANDWASHER SW TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND AND FUNCTIONS.

THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED INRELAY.

4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATIONWITH THE WASHER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR TO TERMINAL 1→ TERMINAL 8 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN,AND WINDOW WASHER EMITS A WATER SPRAY. THIS CAUSES A CURRENT TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE FRONT WIPER ANDWASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND.

WHILE THE WASHER SW IS ON, WINDOW WASHER KEEPS EMITTING SPRAYS AND FRONT WIPER KEEPS FUNCTIONING.

C15 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]16-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION7-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LO POSITION

: APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY APPROX. 1 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH THE WIPER SW AT INT POSITION4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON UNLESS THE WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION

13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HI POSITIONF 3 FRONT WIPER MOTOR

5-6 : CLOSED UNLESS THE WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


C15 24 F11 25 W 2 23

D 6 24 J 7 25

F 3 22 J 8 25



EA4 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)

: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I 232 COWL WIRE

I15 32 COWL WIRE

I1332 COWL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS



94

REAR WIPER AND WASHER

R EAR W IP ERM OTO R

R 19

B T15 B T16BT14

BR21

B S16

BR 12 BR 15

BS15 B S14

BS2

1

B R 1

4

B T2

2

I20

BF ID

A

A

2

JUNC TIONC O NN EC TO R

J 7

W − B

L−W

L−R

W −B W − B

LL

LL

L

W−

B

W−

B

L−

B

LG

L−

B

LG

L−

B

L−

G

L−

B

L−

G

W−

B

L

FRO M PO W ER S OU R CE SYS TEM (SE E PAG E 52)

L−

B L−

O

ID16 ID 112ID12

I 2

1

2

2

1

FU SE BLO CK

W AS HE RM OTO R

R EAR W IP ER AN D W AS HER S W[C O M B. SW ]

C 15

W 2

F11

L

LL

L−

B

LG

I 2

EA44

L

L

TO

DIO

DE

( FR

ON

T W

AS

HE

R)

I 7

1

2

EA45

I12

L−

B

L−

B

L

L −B L−O1

2

D1 1

W 1

DIO D E(R EAR W ASH ER )

W ASH ER C HA NG EV ALVE

L−

O

2 3

1

4 6

RE

AR

WIP

ER

RE

LA

Y

R2

0

LS C1

+B

+S LM

3 1 4

2 1610 1

20

A W

IPE

R

W ASH ER2

O FF

INT

O N

W ASH ER1

W R C1R +1R EW

M

ME

+1 +B S



95

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR, TERMINAL 1 OF THEWASHER CHANGE VALVE, TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR FROM THEWIPER FUSE.

1. REAR WIPER NORMAL OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OFTHE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 16 → GROUND. THUS, THE RELAY COIL IS ACTIVATED, AND THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TOTERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TOOPERATE REAR WIPER.

2. REAR WIPER INTERMITTENT OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE CURRENT FROMTERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 OF THE REAR WIPER ANDWASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, AS A RESULT, THE RELAY OPERATES FOR APPROX. 6 - 10 SEC., AND THE CURRENTFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TO OPERATE THE REAR WIPER. AT THIS TIME, THE CONTACT IN THE WIPERMOTOR CLOSES, AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OFTHE REAR WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND.

THUS, THE INTERMITTENT-STOP CURRENT OPERATES, THE CONDENSER IN THE CIRCUIT CHARGES AND THE WIPER CONTINUESTO OPERATE UNTIL REACHING THE STOP POSITION. AFTER THE WIPER STOPS, THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW TO THEINTERMITTENT-STOP CIRCUIT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY, BUT THE CONDENSER DISCHARGES THE CURRENT INTO THEINTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CIRCUIT OPERATES UNTIL THE CONDENSER DISCHARGE ENDS. AS, A RESULT, THIS DISCHARGEINTERVAL BECOMES THE INTERMITTENT TIME.

WHEN THE CURRENT IS DISCHARGED COMPLETELY, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 →TERMINAL10 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND.

THEN, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR→TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR. ACCORDING TO REPETITION OF THIS PROCESS, INTERMITTENT OPERATION OFTHE REAR WIPER OCCURS.

3. WASHER OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO ON OR INT POSITION, WHEN THE WIPERSW IS PUSHED STRONGLY TOWARD THE ON OR INT SIDE, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TOTERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WIPER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, SO THAT THE WASHER MOTORROTATES AND THE WINDOW WASHER EMITS A WATER SPRAY, ONLY WHILE THE WIPER SW IS PRESSED. AT THE SAME TIME, THEWASHER CHANGE VALVE OPERATES.

WHEN THE CURRENT FLOWS TO THE WASHER CHANGE VALVE, THE WASHER CHANGE VALVE IS ACTIVATED AND WASHER EMITSA WATER SPRAY ON THE REAR WINDOW.

W 2 WASHER MOTOR2-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE WASHER SW TURNED ON

R20 REAR WIPER RELAY1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE REAR WIPER SW AT INT POSITION6-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE REAR WIPER SW AT ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


C15 24 J 7 25 W 1 23

D11 24 R19 27 W 2 23

F11 25 R20 27





BR134 LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BR234 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BS134 BACK DOOR NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)

BS234 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)

BT136 BACK DOOR NO 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

BT236 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS



96

REAR WIPER AND WASHER

: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I 232 COWL WIRE

I1232 COWL WIRE

I 732 COWL WIRE

I2032 COWL WIRE

(SEE PAGE 20)

F11

1 2 X X

10 X X 16 X

X

X X

1 2 AAAAA

A A A A A A A2

3 4

1

1 2 3

4 X 61 2

1 2

BLACKC15 GRAYD11 BLUEJ 7 R19

R20 DARK GRAYW 1 BLACKW 2

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)



97

HORN

2

2 2

2

EA 1

1

2

10

1 3

1 1

FR O M PO W ER S O UR C E SYS TE M (S EE PAG E 5 2)

15 AH AZ−H O R N

HO R NRELA Y

2

1

G−

O

G−

WG − R G −R G − W

H O RN SW[C O M B . S W ]

C 14

HO R N RH H O RN LHH 8 H 7

HORN RELAY(2) 2- (2) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE HORN SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION


C14 24 H 7 22 H 8 22

: RELAY BLOCKS






X X X

X 10

1

B LAC KC 14 B LAC KH 7 , H 8

SERVICE HINTS



98

MOON ROOF

1 1

1 1

ID

A

A

45 2

4

A

1 3

3 4

YW

−B

W−

B

CO N TRO L RELAY

FUSE B LO CK

PO W ERRE LAY

JUN CTIO NCO N N ECTOR

M O O N R O O F C O N TRO LS W [P ER SON A L LIG H T]

M OO N R OO FLIM IT S WAN D M O TO R

FR O M PO W ER SO UR C E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52)

JUN CTIO NCO N N ECTOR

F11

J 1

M 3M 4

J 2

3

A

21

IE15

6

W − B

L−

BL

−B

W−

B

B 8

IE 1

6

I 3 B J1

20

B J2

8

B J2

6

B J1

11

A

L

Y

G −

W −

L

Y

G −O

LL

W−

B

W−

BD 22

B 9W − BW − B W − B

I12

IE

W−

B

W−

B

M O O N R OO F

M 2

B J1

3

ID2

3

B J2

5

II2

3

1 1

16

15

1

8

R− B

R − G

R − B

R− G

R −G

R − L

O

B

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

FR

ON

T R

H

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

FR

ON

T L

H

D1

7

D1

6

14

2

5 2 3 61 4

3 7 1 28 9 5 4

6 3

R−

Y

R−

W

P

G−

Y

G−

W

R−

L

G R

1 1

W−

B

T IM ER

Q

R

S

IG

E

DO

WN

/O

PE

N

UP

/C

LO

SE

G ND U P D O W N O PE N C LO SLS . 1 LS. 2 − +

D O O R LO C KC O NTR O L R ELAY

30

A F

L P

OW

ER

10

A G

AU

GE

MNO

.

NO

.

1 2

DO

WN

CL

OS

E

OP

EN

UP



99

CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY.

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY TO TERMINAL 1 →GROUND THROUGH GAUGE FUSE. AS A RESULT, THE POWER RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THEPOWER RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE OPEN POSITION, A SIGNAL ISINPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THE MOONROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS TURNED ON AT THIS TIME.

WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR TO OPEN THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TOOPEN POSITION.

2. SLIDE OPEN OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY OPEN AND THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SWITCH NO. 1 ANDNO. 2 BOTH ARE ON, WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE CLOSE POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROMTERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TOCLOSE POSITION.

WHEN THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 IS TURNED OFF (THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS ON) AND MOON ROOF REACHES 100MM FROM FULLY CLOSE POSITION, SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE LIMIT SW NO. 1 TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE MOONROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND STOPS CONTINUITY FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOFCONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 11 , AS A RESULT, THE MOON ROOF STOPS AT THIS POSITION.

TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY, PUSHING THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AGAIN TO THE CLOSE SIDE CAUSES ASIGNAL TO BE INPUT AGAIN TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE MOONROOF WILL CLOSE AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS BEING PUSHED, ALLOWING THE MOON ROOF TO FULLYCLOSE.

3. TILT UP OPERATIONWHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT UP POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOONROOF COMPLETELY CLOSED (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE MOON ROOFCONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENTTO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR →TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ROTATING THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT UP OPERATIONOCCURS AS LONG AS MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT UP SIDE.

4. TILT DOWN OPERATIONWHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT DOWN POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOONROOF TILTED UP (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ARE BOTH OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOONROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THERELAY → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND,ROTATING THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT DOWN OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ONTHE TILT DOWN SIDE. (DURING TILT DOWN, THE LIMIT SW NO. 1 CHANGES FROM OFF TO ON.)

5. TILT UP REMINDER SYSTEMWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON TO ACC OR OFF, WITH THE MOON ROOF STILL TILTED UP, THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOWTO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

THIS IS RECEIVED BY THE RELAY AS A SIGNAL THAT THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF. AT THIS TIME, THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SWNO. 1 AND NO. 2 ARE OFF, SO SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 AND 9 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY THAT THE MOONROOF IS IN THE TILT OPERATION POSITION. WHEN THESE SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY, THE TIMERBUILT INTO THE RELAY OPERATES.

6. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWERRELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, AT THIS TIME, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENTFLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTION OF THIS RELAY MAKES ITPOSSIBLE TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE MOON ROOF. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (THE DOOR COURTESY SW ON) WITHINABOUT 60 SECONDS.

AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS ARESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF, AND OPEN AND CLOSE MOVEMENT OF THE MOON ROOF STOPS.

SYSTEM OUTLINE



100

MOON ROOF

POWER RELAY(1) 4- (1) 2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OR KEY OFF OPERATED

M 2 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY11-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OR KEY OFF OPERATED4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT

CLOSE OR UP POSITION (EXCEPT APPROX. 100 MM (3.941 IN.) 2 SECOND IN THE BEFORE CLOSED POSITION)5-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN OR DOWN POSITION9-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS → 0 VOLTS WITH FROM OPEN TO CLOSE

0 VOLTS WITH UP OR DOWN POSITION0 VOLTS → APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH APPROX. 100 MM (3.941 IN.) 2 SECOND IN THE BEFORE CLOSED POSITION

8-GROUND : 0 VOLTS → APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FROM UP TO DOWNM 3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW

5-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT UP POSITION6-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE POSITION2-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT DOWN POSITION3-4 : CLOSED WITH THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN POSITION4-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


D16 26 F11 25 M 2 26

D17 26 J 1 25 M 3 26

D22 26 J 2 25 M 4 26

: RELAY BLOCKS






1E1 32 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)


BJ134 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LE NEL)

BJ234 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I 3 32 COWL WIRE B 836 ROOF WIRE

I12 32 COWL WIRE B 936 ROOF WIRE

SERVICE HINTS



101



102

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK

I 8

ID IE

2

EA13

A A

1

1 3

2 2

3

2

A A

4 2

1 1 1

JU NCTIO NCO N NE CTO R

JUNC TIO NC O N NEC TO R

C LOC KC IG AR ETTELIG HTER

FU SE BLO C K

10ADO M E

FR O M PO W ER SO U RC E SYS TEM (S EE PA G E 52)

GR

L−

Y

GR

GR

L−

Y

W−

BW

−B

W−

BW

−B

F11

C 9C 6

J 7 J 8

GR

A

A

JUN CTIO NCO NN EC TO R

J 3

G

A

A

JUN CTIO NCO N NE CTO R

J 4

B BL− Y

J 3JUN CTIO NCO N NE CTO R

G

15

A C

IG

15

A T

AIL



103

C 6 CIGARETTE LIGHTER2-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY

C 9 CLOCK3-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (POWER FOR INDICATION)2-GROUND : APPROX 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION1-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY

: PARTS LOCATION


C 6 24 J 3 25 J 8 25

C 9 24 J 4 25

F11 25 J 7 25

: RELAY BLOCKS


2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF THE LEFT FENDER)




: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I 8 32 COWL WIRE

1

21 2

3 4A A A

A A A

AAAAA

A A A A A A A

AAAAA

A A A A A A A

C 6 C 9 J 3 J 4

B LU EJ 7 BLUEJ 8

F 11

(S EE PAG E 20)

(HIN T : SE E PAG E 7 ) (H INT : SEE P A G E 7)

(HINT : S EE PA G E 7)(HINT : SEE PA G E 7 )

B B B B B

B BA A A

A A A

SERVICE HINTS



104

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR

1

W

W

G Y W G Y WW

W−

B

R EM O TE C ON TR O LM IR RO R LH

R EM O TE C O NTR O LM IRR O R R H

I 4

B J19 BJ16 BJ110 BK 19 B K16 BK 110

ID

GR

FR O M PO W ER SO URC E S YSTEM (SEE PAG E 52 )

R 6

W−

B

YG

G−

R

U NC TIONO NN EC TO R

2

FU SE BLO CK

F11

RE M O TE CO NTR OL M IR RO R SW

1

2

Y− R

I12

IE

W−

B

W−

BA

A

JC

J

M M M M

321321

R 21 R 22

4361029

15

A C

IG

LE

FT

RIG

HT

UP

DO

WN

LE

FT

/UP

IGH

TO

WN

OP

ER

AT

ION

SW

B

R /D

LH RH LH R H

SE

LE

CT

SW

H R VR M +HL VL E



105

R 6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC ON ON POSITION3-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION9-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT RIGHT POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT LH POSITION10-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT LH POSITION2-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT RIGHT POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT RH POSITION6-4 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN POSITION AND THE SELECT SW AT RH POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


F11 25 R 6 25 R22 27

J 2 25 R21 27





: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I 4 32 COWL WIRE I12 32 COWL WIRE

( S E E P A G E 2 0 )

F 1 1

AAAAA

A A A A A A A

(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

1 2 3

B L U EJ 2 R 6 R 2 1 , R 2 2

1 2

X

3 4

6 X X 9 1 0

SERVICE HINTS



106

SHIFT LOCK

ID 212 ID 215 ID 22

ID21 1

ID BF

FR O M PO W ER SO UR CE S YSTE M (SEE PAG E 52)

OC K

C K SOLEN O ID

GR

B−

W

G−

OG

−W

−W

−W

GR

G−

BG

−B

W−

B

A

W−

B

G HT

2

1

B−

W

GR

2 3 2

1 1 1

FU SE BL

15

A C

IG

15

A E

CU

−IG

10

A S

TO

P

F1 1

STO P L ISW

S1 3

A B

A B

JU NC TIONC O NN EC TO R


J 3 J 6

4 5

1 3 6SHIFT LO CK ECU

GB

S14

G− R

G

G − W

L− R

L

SHIFT LO CKCO NTR O L SW

SHIFT LO C KSO LEN O ID

1

2

1 2

3

7

8

KE Y INTER LO[IG NITIO N S W]

I12

A

W−

B


J 7

KLS+ E

STPIGACC

P 2

P

S LS +

S LS −

P 1



107

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SHIFTLOCK ECU. AT THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU- IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU.

1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (THE STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THATSHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT POSITION SW) IS INPUT TO THE SHIFT LOCKECU. THE SHIFT LOCK ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU → TERMINAL SLS+→ TERMINAL 2 OF THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL SLS- OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU →TERMINAL 5 → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES), AND SHIFTLEVER CAN BE SHIFTED INTO OTHER POSITION THAN THE “P” POSITION.

2. KEY INTER LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2 ANDP OF LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU TO THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID IS CUTOFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION), AND THEIGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION.

S14 SHIFT LOCK ECU1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION5-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON)

: PARTS LOCATION


F11 25 J 6 25 S14 27

I12 25 J 7 25

J 3 25 S13 25




: GROUND POINTS




F11

(S EE P AG E 20) A A A

A A A

(HINT : S E E PAG E 7 )

X 7 8

1 2 1 3X

4 5 6

J 3B LACKI12

BLA C KS 13 S 14

(H IN T : S EE PAG E 7)

J 6

AAAAA

A A A A A A A

B LUEJ 7

(HINT : SEE PAG E 7 )

B B B B B

BB

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS



108

POWER WINDOW

1 1

1 1

B J111

BJ12 BJ15

BK 15 BK11BK12

I 3B 4

B 2

ID

2 1 6 12 513

1 2

3 4

3 4

1 3

BJ1

1

JU NC TIO NCO NN EC TO R

P O W ERR ELAY

P OEW R W IN DO W M OTO RFRO NT LH

PO WE R W IND O W M O TO RFRO N T R H

W−

B

W−

B

B R

B−

G

R−

G

L−

B

R−

G

B−

OO

W−

BW

−B

L−

B

L−

B

L− B

L− B

W − B

L− BL− B

L− B

G

FRO M PO W E R SO UR CE SYSTEM (SEE P AG E 52)

P 6

P 7 P 8

J 2

R

Y

AI 3

L L

BJ1

208

BJ25B J13

II23ID23

G −O

LL

R − G

R−

L

R−

B

R−

G

W−

B

SW

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

FR

ON

T R

H

R−

B

R−

G

W−

B

D O O R LO CK C O NTR O LD 22

I12

IE

W − B

W−

B

30

A F

L P

OW

ER

10

A G

AU

GE

FU SE BLO CK

F11

JUN CTIO NCO N NEC TO

J 1

A

BJ2

6

BJ281

1

1

15

Y

W−

B

G−

O

Y

A A

+−

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

+−

FR O NT LH FR O NT RH

N O RM AL

LO C K

7 8PO W ER W IN DOW M AS TE R SW

BW B W 1

E 1 E FLU FLD FRU FRD

W IND OWLO C K S W

52 3

3 1

1

PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

SW

FR

ON

T R

H

B−

B R

L −B

4

R−

P1

1

3 1

1 1

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

F

RO

NT

LH

D1

6

D1

7

2

4

6

R ELAY

DO

WN

UP

MM



109

B J112 BJ115 B J116 B J117

II12 II11 II13 ID15 ID 111 ID 11

B P 12 BP11 B P13 BN12 BN 11 BN 13

I 2 I 2

R W IN DO W S WLH

PO WER W IN D O W M O TO RREA R RH

P O W ER W IND O W M O TO RR EAR LH

L− B

L− B L− B

L− B L− B

L−

B

R−

Y

B−

Y

R−

L

B−

L

L−

BL

−B

B−

YB

−L

R−

L

R−

L

B−

L

R−

L

L−

B

B−

L

L−

B

R−

Y

DO

WN

UP

1 1 91014

DO

WN

UP

R E AR R H R EAR LH

PO W E R W INDO W M ASTER SW

B−

L

R−

L

B−

Y

R−

Y

P 6

RR U R R D RL U R LD

52 3 52 3

2 1 2 1

1 4 1 4

PO W E R W IN D O W S WRE AR R H

P O W ER EA R

B R B R

P13

P10 P 9

P 12

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

MM



110

POWER WINDOW

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY→ TERMINAL 1 → GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FROM FL POWER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OFTHE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWERWINDOW SW FRONT RH, REAR LH AND REAR RH.

1. MANUAL UP OPERATION (DRIVER’S SIDE)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (MANUAL SW) AT UP POSITION, THE CURRENTFLOWS TO TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOWMOTOR FRONT LH → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINALS 2 AND 1 → GROUND,CAUSING THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE POWERWINDOW MASTER SW IS BEING PULLED.

IN DOWN OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 13 →TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW →TERMINALS 2 AND 1 → GROUND. ACCORDING TO THE FLOW, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE DOWN DIRECTION, LOWERING THEWINDOW.

2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION (DRIVER’S SIDE)WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE AUTO DOWN SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, THECURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWERWINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINALS 1 AND 2 →GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TOWARDS THE DOWN SIDE.

THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THE AUTO SW BEING PUSHED, CAUSINGTHE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TO ROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION.

WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESCENDED, THE CURRENT BETWEEN TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SWAND TERMINALS 1 AND 2 INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, AUTO DOWN SW TURNS OFF, AND THECURRENT FROM TERMINALS 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTORSO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS.

3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOWWHEN THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IS PUSHED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS INTHE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SWTO GROUND, SO THE MOTOR STOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE MANUAL SW IS PUSHEDCONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.

4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S SIDE)WITH THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWERWINDOW SW FRONT RH FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW →TERMINALS 1 AND 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UPDIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOWDESCENDS, THE CURRENT TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 3, AND THEMOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE.

WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED OUT TO THE NORMAL SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOWBECOMES OPEN.

AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINALS 1AND 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’SWINDOW CANNOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS.

FURTHERMORE REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVE OPERATION.

5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY OPERATES AND KEEPS THE CURRENTFLOW FROM FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 3 OF THEPOWER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM FL POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 7 AND 8 OF THE POWER WINDOWMASTER SW, TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW FRONT RH. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THEIGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, IT IS POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE WINDOW BY THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY. ALSO, BYOPENING THE FRONT DOOR (THE DOOR COURTESY SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TOOFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF, AND UPAND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE WINDOW STOPS.

SYSTEM OUTLINE



111

P 6 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW7, 8-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OR KEY OFF OPERATED1, 2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT UP POSITION

13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN ORAUTO DOWN POSITION

WINDOW LOCK SWOPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


D16 26 J 2 25 P10 27

D17 26 P 6 27 P11 27

D22 26 P 7 27 P12 27

F11 25 P 8 27 P13 27

J 1 25 P 9 27

: RELAY BLOCKS







II132 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

II232 COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)






: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I 2 B 236 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE

I 3 32 COWL WIRE B 436 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE

I12

SERVICE HINTS



112

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

9

1 3 4

1 1

B J28 BJ14

BJ111

B K118BK117

B 4

B 5

B 2

1 7 10 11 12 9

1 2

C K

U NLO CKW ARN IN G S[IGN ITIO N S

DR

OL

SW

LH

[PM

AS

TE

R S

W]

DN

DU D

ND

U

FRO M POW ER SO URC E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52)

W− B

L− Y

G −R

LY

Y

R−

B

L−

Y

G−

R

W−

B

R−

B

L−

B

L−

Y

G−

R

G−

Y

G−

R

L−

Y

W−

B

W−

B

I12

P D D

B 4

3

B 6

B 7

L−

Y

W−

B

W − B

L− B

L−

B

L−

B

L−

Y

L−

B

D D C

BJ1

19

BJ2

3

BJ2

7

BJ2

6

I 7FR OM SEAT BELTW ARNIN G RELAY

R − B

G −O G− O

15

L−

B

R−

B

W−

B

Y

D 22DO O R LO CK C ONTRO L RELAY

BK120

NCTIO NN NEC TO R

BK111

IEID

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

J 8

G − R

L−Y

JUN CTIO NCO NNECTO R

J 7

W−

B

W − BW −B

I12

W− B

W −B

W −BB 6

W− B

W−

B

3 4

1 3

FUSE BLO

10

A G

AU

GE

30

A F

L P

OW

ER

F11

1 1

BJ120

I 3

3 4

PO

WE

RR

EL

AY

L

G−

O

L

L

JU NCTIO NCO NNEC TO R

J 1

A AY

A

A

JUC O

J 210

WW ]

4 3 1 2 2 3

OO

R L

OC

K C

ON

TO

WE

R W

IND

OW

OO

R K

EY

LO

CK

AN

LO

CK

SW

LH

OO

R K

EY

LO

CK

AN

LO

CK

SW

RH

LO

CK

UN

LO

CK

LO

CK

UN

LO

CK

UN

LO

CK

LO

CK

6 20

21

1 2

LO

CK

UN

LO

CK

23

OO

R L

OC

KO

NT

RO

L S

W R

H

A

A

A A

JUNC TIONCO NN ECTOR

8

LO CKTIM ER

KEY O FFPO WER W IN DO W

U NLO CKTIM ER

B

RLY

UL2KSW L1 UL1 L2IG



113

B J22

BT13

BS13

BR 24

B N18BP18BK 14

BJ114

BK 112 BK 13 BP17 B N17

BR 23

BS11

BT11

B 5 I 5 B14

B 3

I11 B14ID 1

8

II1

12

ID 1

7

B J1

13

II1

11

I14

I14

LG

L−

R

L−

W

L−

O

L−

R

L−

RL

−R

O RL

−R

L−

RL

L−

W

L−

W

L−

W

L−

WL

−W

W−

B

L−

WL

−W

L L

L−

RL

−W

L − R L−R

L− R

L− R

L− W

L− W

L− W

L− W

L− R L− R

L− W

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TO

R

R R

D2

4

B J13

E23ID2

3

BJ25

I 5

II23

R−

GR

−G

R−

G

R−

B

R− BR − B

R −G

R− B

D O O R CO URS W FRON T L

D 16

Y

W−

B

B 2

W − B

W − B

FRO M D IO D E(IN TE RIO R L IG H T)

1

TESYH

1

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SS

W F

RO

NT

RH

D1

7

6 3 4 5

−R

−O

2 14

R−

G

R−

L

DO U BLEO PER ATIO NCIRC UIT S EC UR ITY

D O O R LO CK CO N TRO L R E LAY

16

D 22

D CTY

E LSW D AC T− AC T+ LSW P

PCTY

1 2 1 2

3 4 3 4

4

2

4

2

4

2

M

L−

R

L−

RL−

L−

−W L−

W

L−

W L−

W

W −B

L−

R

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TO

RA

ND

DO

OR

UN

LO

CK

DE

TE

CT

ION

SW

FR

ON

T R

H

AN

D D

OO

R U

NL

OC

KD

ET

EC

TIO

N S

WF

RO

NT

LH

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TO

RE

AR

RH

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TO

RE

AR

LH

BA

CK

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TO

R

D2

5 D2

7

D2

6

B 7

MM MM



114

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY THROUGH FL POWER FUSE.

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY THROUGHGAUGE FUSE.

1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONTO CHANGE THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINALS 10 OR 12 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY, CAUSING THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. THE CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING DOORS TO LOCK.

2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONTO CHANGE THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL ISINPUT TO TERMINALS 9 OR 11 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY, CAUSING THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4→ TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING DOORS TO UNLOCK.

3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW (DRIVER’S) IS TURNED TO THE UNLOCK SIDE, ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR ISMECHANICALLY UNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW (DRIVER’S) TO THE UNLOCK SIDE CAUSES ASIGNAL TO BE INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3SECONDS BY TURNING THE SWITCH TO THE UNLOCK SIDE AGAIN, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROLRELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE TO UNLOCK THE DOORS.

4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION

* OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS)

WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN EITHER FRONT DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USINGDOOR LOCK KNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THEFUNCTION OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOORLOCK CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.

* OPERATING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK SW

WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN EITHER FRONT DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USINGDOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCK SOON BY THE FUNCTION OFSW CONTAINED IN MOTORS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 (DRIVER’S) OR 5 (PASSENGER’S) OF THE DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROLRELAY TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.

* IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCK

WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORETHAN 0.2 SECOND, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. AFTERCLOSING THE DOOR, THE DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROLRELAY. BY THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE ECU WORKS AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROLRELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.

SYSTEM OUTLINE



115

D22 DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY16-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY2-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN8-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION

* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)* DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)* UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY

4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED* LOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY

10-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED14-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN6-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED5-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED

11-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKEDWITH KEY

1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION9-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY

12-GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEYI12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]

10-9 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDERD20, D21 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH, RH

2-3 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY1-3 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY

D16, D17 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE FRONT DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION


B 7 26 D23 26 I12 25

D16 26 D24 26 J 1 25

D17 26 D25 26 J 2 25

D20 26 D26 26 J 7 25

D21 26 D27 26 J 8 25

D22 26 F11 25 P 6 27

: RELAY BLOCKS
















BT1 36 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS




SERVICE HINTS



116

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

: SPLICE POINTS


E23 30 B 2



I 732

COWL WIRE B 5

I1132

B 636 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE

I12 B 736 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE

I14 B14 36 FLOOR WIRE



117

AUTO ANTENNA

IF112 IF113

IE

35

GR G R

− B W −B

L

L−

Y

L

L−

Y

W−

B

FRO M PO W ER SO U RC E SYSTEM (S EE PAG E 52)

FU SE B LO CK

AUTO AN TECO N TRO L S

A UTO ANTENN AM O TO R

JUN C TC O NN

A21

A 8

J 8

F11

1

2

IF1

3G R

J 3

JU NC TIO NC ON NEC TO R

IF1

4

A A

2

4

W

NN AW

UP

DO

WN

A

A

IO NEC TO R

1 2M

15

A C

IG

A21 AUTO ANTENNA SW4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


A 8 22 F11 25 J 8 25

A21 24 J 3 25




: GROUND POINTS



1

2 2 3 4 5A A

A A

(HIN T : S EE PAG E 7 )

A

A

AAAAA

A A A A A A A

(H IT : S EE PA G E 7)

G R AYA 8 BLA CKA 21 J 3 B LUEJ 8F 11

(S EE PAG E 20)

SERVICE HINTS



118

POWER SEATFRO M PO W ER SO UR C E SYSTEM (SEE PA GE 52)

4

I 4

ID 210

1

P20PO W ER SEAT M O TO R(DR IVER ’ S SEAT SL ID E CO N TR OL )

P19PO W ER S EAT M O TO R(D RIVER ’ S S E AT REC LIN IN G C O N TROL)

P16PO W ER SE AT M O TO R(DR IVE R’ S SEA T FRO NT VER TIC AL CO NTR OL)

P18PO W E R SEA T M O TO R(D RIVER ’ S S EAT RE AR V ERTICAL C O N TRO L)

P 17P O W ER SE AT M O TO R(D RIVE R’ S SE AT LUM BAR SU PPO R T CON TRO L)

3

BF

L L

W − B

LL

L−

BL

−B

W−

BW

−B

FUSE BLO CK

F11

3

10

1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2

5 8 94 7 12 11 2 6 3 1

R G

R−

L

G−

L

R−

B

G−

B

R−

Y

G−

Y

G

R−

W

PO W ER SE AT C O NTRO L SW (DR IVE R’ S SEA T)P14

30

A F

L P

OW

ER

RE

AR

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

FR

ON

T

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

RE

AR

FR

ON

T

SLID E R EC LIN IN G FR O NT V ER TICA L R EA R VER TIC AL LUM BA R SU PPO R T

MMMMM

Bc1

Bc1



119

L

W −B

II26

1

P24PO WER S EAT M OTOR(PASSENG ER’ S S EAT SLIDE CO NTROL)

P23PO WER SEAT M O TO R(PASSENGER’ S SEAT REC LIN ING CO NTROL)

P21POWER SEAT M OTO R(PASSE NGER ’ S S EAT FRO NT V ERTICAL CON TRO L)

P22PO WER SEAT M O TOR(PASSENGER’ S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CO NTRO L)

3

L−

BL

−B

W−

B

BM 1

3

10

1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2

5 89 4 7 12 11 2 6

R G

R−

L

G−

L

R−

B

G−

B

R−

Y

G−

Y

W−

B

PO W ER SEAT C ONTRO L SW (PASSENG ER’ S SEAT)P15

RE

AR

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

FR

ON

T

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

SL IDE RECLINING FRO NT VERTICA L REAR V ER TICAL

MM MM

Bj1

Bj1



120

POWER SEAT

P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT)10-5 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION10-8 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION10-4 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION10-7 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION10-12 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERATION10-11 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION10-2 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION10-6 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION10-3 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT LUMBAR SUPPORT FRONT OPERATION10-1 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT AT LUMBAR SUPPORT REAR OPERATION9-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (PASSENGER’S SEAT)10-5 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION10-8 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION10-4 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION10-7 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION10-12 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERATION10-11 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION10-2 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION10-6 : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION9-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


F11 25 P17 28 P21 28

P14 28 P18 28 P22 28

P15 28 P19 28 P23 28

P16 28 P20 28 P24 28





BM1 34 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)

Bc1 38 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Bl1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS



: SPLICE POINTS


I 4 32 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS



121

ABSBrought to you by BirfMark


122

ABS

2

E 8

M

E23

A1 B2 B4

B23 B24 B11 B1 B13 B26 B18 B6

B

6

A2 A4 A3 B1 B5

A4 B1 B4 B3 B2 B5 A3 A1

B2 B15 B9 B2 2 B10 B16 B3

I 3

I 3

ID IE

2

1

B −L

B− R

W −B

B−

W

W−

B

B−

WB

−W

R−

L

B−

R

G

G−

Y

G−

B L LG

L−

R

L−

Y

L−

W

B−

R

W−

B

GN D G N D FL+ FL− FSS FR + FR−

BS S FR SFL SR R A ST M T BM G ND

R −L

FR O M PO W ER SO U RC E SYS TEM (SEE P AG E 52)

60AABS

AB S RE LA Y

A BS A CTU ATO R

ABS E C U

M R R− SR SFR S FL S RR AS T M T

(SHIELD ED) (SH IELD ED )

BR

BR

V P B Y

W−

B

BR

BR

W B

W B

W B

A BS S PEEDS EN SO R FR ON TLH

ABS S PEEDSEN SO R FR O NTRH

A 23 A24

EA32 EA 31 IH120

BA 6 , A 7A

BA 4 , A 5A

BA12 , A 13A

Bd 12 Bd 14 Bd 11 B d 13

Be 11 B e 12

B− W

B −W

+BM +BS WGN D

M R R− SR B SBM

12 21



123

I 5

A15 B5 A13 B19 A6 B25 B12 A12 A3 A10

A1 A9 A7 A16 A8 A14

I 3

B31

B24

ID

FR OM PO W ER SO URC E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52)

3 2 2 3

1 1 1 1

R−L

B−W

RL− R L+ RSS R R− RR + PKB

(SH IE LDED) (SHIELD ED)

B−

W

GR

−R

B−

Y

O

P−

B

GR

−R

B−

Y

OO

G−

O

B−

R

Y

Y−

B

Y−

R

W−

B

B−

W

G−

W

Y

Y−

B

Y−

R

10

A S

TO

P

10

A E

CU

−B

15

A E

CU

−IG

10

A G

AU

GE

FU

SE

BL

OC

K

DATA LIN K

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

F1

1

D 1

ABS ECU

ST

OP

LIG

HT

SW

S1

3

TS TC W EXI STP BAT +B GS1 G S2 G ST

BF

(SH IE LDED)

(SH IE LDED)

(SH IE LDED)

(SHIELD ED)

(SHIELD ED)

(SHIELD ED)

W R G L

W R G L

W R G L

W R

Y−

G

L

R−

B

W−

B

E FLUID

IN G SW

PARKIBRAKE

P 4

ABS SPEED SEN SORREAR LH

ABS S PEED SENSO RR EAR RH

A2

BC

10

, C

11

AIH123IH 111IH 113

ID314 ID 313 ID312

BA12 , A13A

ID 32 ID311 ID34 ID35

Bh1

16 11 22

23

TS TC

W B

W A

CO NN EC TOR 1

1

2

3 2 1 6

4

GS1 GS2 GS T G ND

IG

ABS DECELER ATIO N SEN SORA22

B

B

JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CT

OR

J 6

I 6

1

R−

BR

−W

W−

B

RA KEVELARN

NG SW

1

A

A

2

1

BLW

B

21 21

5 A26

E 1

4 A 2 B

16

TO CENTER

P−B

AB

S

CE

NT

ER

DIF

F.

LOC

K

A5

IDE

BQ2 BQ2 BQ2 BQ2 BQ2

Bh1 Bh1 Bh1 Bh1

ID2

Bf1 Bf1 Bg1 Bg1

I12

IE EC

W B

W B

BR

−B

R−B

W−

B

JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CT

OR

J 1

A

A

YY

ID2

15

D FF. LOCKNDICATOR SW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

9

3

245 16

234 15

121 2

P−

B

BR−B



124

ABS

THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT FRONTWHEEL. LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOTLOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.

1. INPUT SIGNAL

(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

THE TOP SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.

(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL

A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED.

(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL

A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE SW IS ON.

(4) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNAL

THE DEGREE OF VEHICLE DECELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINAL GS1, GS2 AND GST OF THE ABS ECU.

(5) TRANSFER CONTROL SIGNAL

WHILE THE TRANSFER SHIFT LEVER IS IN L4 POSITION, THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW DETECTS A SIGNAL OFCENTER DIFF. LOCK AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL EXI OF THE ABS ECU.

2. SYSTEM OPERATION(TRANSFER L4 POSITION)

WHEN THE TRANSFER SHIFT LEVER IS MOVED TO L4 POSITION, THE CENTER DIFF. IS LOCKED, THEN THE ABS IS NOT INOPERATION AND THE ABS WARNING LIGHT IS LIGHTED UP.

(TRANSFER EXCEPT L4 POSITION)

DURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT TO THESOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, AND CAUSES THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THERESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME, AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THERESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS. IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULICPRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT ACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THEHYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAMEMETHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE, REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASED ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLESTABILITY AND IMPROVE STEERABILTY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.

A12 (A), A13 (B) ABS ECU(CONNECTOR THE ECU CONNECTOR)(A) 15-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TS-E1

NOT CONNECTED(B) 5-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TC-E1

NOT CONNECTED(B) 1-GROUND :(B) 6-GROUND :(B) 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(B) 26-GROUND :(B) 13-GROUND :(B) 2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(B) 15-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(B) 12-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A) 6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED(B) 25-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 14-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED OR BRAKE FLUID

LEVEL WARNING SW ON(DISCONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)(B) 1-(B) 18 : APPROX. 6 Ω(B) 13-(B) 18 : APPROX. 6 Ω(B) 26-(B) 18 : APPROX. 6 Ω(B) 9-(B) 22 : 0.9-1.8 KΩ(B) 16-(B) 3 : 0.9-1.8 KΩ(B) 11- (B) 24 : 60-100 Ω(B) 23-(B) 24 : 50-80 Ω(A) 1-(A) 9 : 0.5-1.6 KΩ(A) 16-(A) 8 : 0.5-1.6 KΩ

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS



125

: PARTS LOCATION


A 4 A 22 A23 26 D 1 22

A 5 B 22 A24 26 F11 25

A 6 A 22 A25 26 J 1 25

A 7 B 22 A26 26 J 2 25

A12 A 24 B 1 22 J 6 25

A13 B 24 C10 A 24 P 4 27

A22 26 C11 B 24 S13 25

: RELAY BLOCKS










Bd1 36 COWL WIRE AND SPEED CONTROL SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

Be1 36 SPEED SENSOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 1 WIRE (FRONT AXLE HOUSING LH)

Bf1 36 FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 3 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING LH)

Bg1 36 FRAME NO. 2 WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR NO. 4 WIRE (REAR AXLE HOUSING RH)

Bh1 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

: GROUND POINTS






: SPLICE POINTS



E23 30 I1232 COWL WIRE

I 332

COWL WIRE B24 36 FLAME NO. 2 WIRE

I 532




126

CRUISE CONTROL

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT. THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU-IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 15 OFTHE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECUFUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FLOWS TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE CRUISECONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT→ TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP TO INDICATE THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.

1. SET OPERATIONWHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SETLIMIT (APPROX. 36 KM/H, 22 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU ANDTHE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.

2. SET SPEED CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE CRUISECONTROL ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THECOMBINATION METER, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 6 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR ISROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE, AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THEACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROMTERMINAL 11 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 7 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VAVLE AND RETURN THETHROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.

3. COAST CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THE THROTTLECABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COAST SWITCHIS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED, AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.

4. ACCEL CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCELSW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED, AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.

5. RESUME CONTROLUNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SETSPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORECANCELLATION.

6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THEACTUATOR MOTOR TURNS OFF, THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL ISRELEASED.

∗ PLACING THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION. “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”

∗ DEPRESSING BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”

∗ PUSH THE CANCEL SW (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”

∗ PUSH THE MAIN SWITCH (MAIN SW OFF) “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU”

SYSTEM OUTLINE



127

7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTIONA) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED ISERASED, THE CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURNSOFF).

WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SWITCH WILL TURN ON.

∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTER DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.

∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION.

∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH.

∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.

∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SW.

∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.

B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED, ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER OF MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.)

∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH)

∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.

∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.

8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION∗ IN OVERDRIVE, IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THEPOWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED.

∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEEDMINUS APPROX. 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH), THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIONMETER OF THE ACTUATOR THAT THEUPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, AND OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 6 SECONDS.

∗ DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROL ECUTO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ECU UPON RECEIVING THIS SIGNAL, SO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ECU CHANGES THESHIFT PATTERN TO NORMAL.

TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE, ETC.), LOCK-UP RELEASE OF THETRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS “ON” IS FORBIDDEN.

C4 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR1-3 : APPROX. 2 KΩ5-4 : APPROX. 38.5 Ω

C17 CRUISE CONTROL ECU14-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION15-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS20-GROUND : 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT18-GROUND : APPROX. 418 Ω WITH THE CANCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW

APPROX. 68 Ω WITH THE RES/ACC SW ON IN THE CONTROL SWAPPROX. 198 Ω WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW

4-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE MAIN SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW13-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

SERVICE HINTS



128

CRUISE CONTROL

3 3 2

4

3 2 1 7 6 5

IH 111

I 1

ID

BR

BR

Y−

R

B−

G

Y−

L

Y−

G

Y

L−

R

G−

W

RR

−G

G−

W

G−

W

B−

W

G−

Y

−Y

G−

O

B−

W

YY

B− W

G −O

FR O M PO WER SO UR C E SYS TEM (SEE PA G E 52)

JU NCTIOCO NN EC

TO

ST

OP

LIG

HT

S

C R UISE CO N TRO L AC TUA TO R

C RU ISE C ON TR O L SW[C O M B. SW ]

C 4

J 6

I 5

BR

BR

−B

E NG INE C O NTR O L M O D ULE

CE 4 , E 5A

B−

R

L−

W

2

D, E 7

IH 119IH215

−W−R

A

JU NC TIO NC ON NE CT

J 1

1

IO N

I12

IE

W−

B

W −B W − B

FU SEB LO C K

15

A E

CU

−IG

10

A G

AU

GE

10

A S

TO

P

F1 1

1 1 1 1

10

A E

CU

−B

AM

1S

T1

4

IG NITS W

I12

G1

AC

C

A

O R

11

B

9

5

B

B−

Y

NTO R

DA

TA

L

CR

UIS

E C

ON

TO

RL

IND

ICA

TO

R L

IGH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

D 1

C1

0

D18 A9

R−

Y CC1

3

C11

G−

W

OD

1

IDL

S2

ET

ER

3

S PD

OM

BIN

AT

ION

M

TO

R 1

INK

CO

NN

EC

TC

13 4 18 26 25 24 11 12 10 16

14 8 9 5 2

B

CR UISE CO NTR OL ECU

LVR1V R2VR3CCS

B O D

C17

22 15

B ATT

2023

GG

G N D STP−

TC ECT IDL PI N& C

C M S M C M O

S PD

4 1

3 2

L

CR

UIS

E C

ON

TR

OL

ST

OP

SW

[ST

OP

LIG

HT

SW

]

S1

3

2 0

15 5

MA

IN

CA

NC

EL

SE

T/

CO

AS

T

RE

SU

ME

/A

CC

EL

C 15

C M S C CS

EPM

W

A

JUNC TIO NC O NN EC TO R

J 2

A



129

: PARTS LOCATION


C 4 22 D 1 22 I12 25

C10 24 E 4 A 24 J 1 25

C13 24 E 5 C 24 J 2 25

C15 24 E 7 D 24 J 6 25

C17 24 F11 25 S13 25





: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I 132 COWL WIRE

I12 32 COWL WIRE

I 532 COWL WIRE

4

21

3 5

6 7

5 3 X

X X

X X 15 X 20

5 X

X X

2 4 5 X X 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16X 18 X 20 X 22 23 24 25

26 X

X X 11

X X X X

X

X

18

X

11

9

X

A A A

A A A

AAAAA

A A A A A A A B B

B B B B B 1

3

2

4

A D AR K G RAYE 4 C DA RK G RAYE 5 D DAR K GR AYE 7

C 4 GRAY C 10 G RAY C13

D 1 BLACKC 17 G RAYC15 BL AC K

F11

S13 BLA CKJ 6J 2 BLU EJ 1

(S EE PAG E 20)

(HIN T : S EE PAGE 7 )

(H INT : SEE PAG E 7)

(HINT : SEE PA GE 7)

9

1

X

4

I12 BLACK

X X

X

X

X

X

X X

X



130

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

EA 33 E A26

2

2

2

1

D14 D9

D18 B2 B8 A1 0 A9 A8

2

E C13

IH124

E C14

E C 21 EC 22 EC 23E C 24E C25

2

WB

−L

G−

O

V

V−

G

R−

L

R−

Y

RR

R−

Y

R−

L

V

V−

G

B−

L

G−

W

B

G−

O

YY

B−

LB

−L

BWW

1

2

9

3

4

1

Y

B− Y

50AA M 1

FL

AM

1 1

. 2

5B

FL

MA

IN 2

. 0

L

E 2

V 2

2

EL EC TR O N ICA LLYC O N TR O LLEDTR AN SM IS SIO NSO LEN O ID

CR U IS E C ON TR O LEC U

VE

HIC

LE

SP

EE

D S

EN

SO

R( E

LE

CT

RO

NIC

AL

LY

CO

NT

RO

LL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

)

B ATTE RY

FU

SIB

LE

LIN

K

E NG IN E C O N TR O L M O D U LE

CE 4 , E 5A

O D1 SP 2+ SP 2− S 1 S 2 SL

L4S TP

R A NS FER L4O SITIO N SW

SEO C K

ST

OP

LIG

HT

SW

C1 A1

W

B − Y

BF

6,

F 7

A

B, E 6 D, E 7

4

1 1

D2 2

FL

AM

2 0

. 3

P

B1

E A 23

15 AEFI

FR O M P O W E R S O U R CE SYS TEM(S EE P A GE 52)

2

1 4

3 2

2 2

2 2

E B 11

E B

D12D3

B − R

B − W

B −R

Y

B−

W

Y−

R

Y−

R

BRR

R

R−

Y

W−

RW

−R

2

1

N S W+BM RLY

W−

R

BR

C,

F 8

EF

I M

AIN

RE

LA

Y

EA27 IH 122

2

1

6A M 2

A M 1

A CC

IG 1

S T1

IG 2

IG N ITIO N S W

I12

2

10

A S

TO

P

F11

FUB L

2

T

TP

1

2

S1

3

C17

O D

1

1 2 3

NO

. 1

NO

. 2

NO

. 3



131

AND A/T INDICATOR

I12

D20 D8

A24

EC

BR

−B

P−

B

I 4

B−

Y

B−

Y

1 1

Y

P− B

Y

B− Y

CE 4 , E 5A

PW R SPD

E1

ENG IN E CO NTRO L M O DULE

F11

FUSE BL

Y

IH16

D1

1

ID215

B−

W

Y

B−

W

W

Y

P−

B

B−

L

AB

B

ID3

6

IH 2

11

A3

OBR O

P− B

B− R

IG SW HO LD

B, E 6 D, E 7

ELECTR ONICALLY CO NTRO LLEDTRAN SMISSIO N PATTERNSELECT SW

E 9

JUN

CT

ION

JUN

CT

ION

J

1

J 6

NTOR

2 1 1

A19 C4 C12 C9 C11 C10 C1

E16

E16

E20B R−BBR− B

R−

G

G−

B

G−

W

BR

−B

R−

WB

R−

BB

R−

B

BR

−B

BR

−B

R−

W

G−

Y

THG TH W O IL E2 ID L VTA VCC

E T A TE A

OTTLEITIO NSO R

A16 A26 A13

I18

I18

E01E02E03B

RB

RB

R

BR

BR

ID31

ID 216

E18

YL−W

2 3

OCK

3

Y

B−

W

AB

BY

Y

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

JUNCTIOCO NNEC

J 4

65

3 2

1 2 2

EG

R G

AS

TE

MP

. S

EN

SO

R

NG

INE

CO

OL

AN

TE

MP

. S

EN

SO

R

/T F

LU

IDE

MP

. S

EN

SO

R

E 1

3 3

2 3 4

VCVTAIDL

1 E2

THRPO SSEN

T 1

A

7.

5A

IG

N

10

A G

AU

GE

15

A E

CU

−IG

PW R

2˙



132


7 8 10 9 2 3

4

IH26 IH 17 IH 25 IH24 IH 23 IH 22

ID222

I 6

I12

I12

I12

I 9

4

2

BF ID

D17 D16 D15

D19

A

Y

P−B

G − W

O

R− B

R−

L

R−

B

R−

W

B−

O

G−

R

OG

−W

O

B−

O

R−

W

R−

B

R−

LR

−L

R−

L

P−

B

Y

R−

L

R−

B

R−

W

B−

O

O

G−

W

W−

BW

−B

P−

LP

−L

W−

B

P−

L

Y

A /T INDIC ATO R SW[PAR K/N EU TR A L P OS ITIO N SW]

P 1

PW

R

O/D

OF

F

P R N D 2 L

C O M BINA TIO N M ETER

JU N CTIO NC O NN EC TO R

J 7

L 2 R

O D2

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE

O /DM AINSW

O 4

Y

A8 B9 B13 B3 B4 B5 B7 B10 B11

A/T

P

A7

D21

B8 B6

Y−

L

I11

P−

L

Y− L

TFN

CE

4,

E 5

A

AC 12 , C 13B

TO

TR

AN

SF

ER

NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

N S

W

A18

B12

IH 2

12

R−

W

P− L

R− WR− W

R − L

2nd

ST

RT

H I

A

B,

E 6

D,

E 7

R− BTO BAC K− U PLIG HT

Y−

L

L−

W

A3

A1

L− W

BR

P R N D 2 L

B



133

AND A/T INDICATOR

PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLEHYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK-UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION, HOWEVER, ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE GOVERNOR PRESSURE AND LOCK-UP PRESSURETHROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALSFROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATETO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONDURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THEDRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR TO TERMINAL THW OF THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM THEVEHICLE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION. THE CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TOTHE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONSOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 2ND SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWSFROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONSOLENOIDS → GROUND AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2, SOLENOIDS CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED(OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.

2. LOCK-UP OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK-UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET,THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK-UP SOLENOID AND CAUSINGLOCK-UP OPERATION.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK-UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THELOCK-UP SOLENOID IS CUT.

4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT

* O/D MAIN SW ON

WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (SW POINT IS OPEN), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE, AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE AREMET.

* O/D MAIN SW OFF

WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF (SW POINT IS CLOSED), THE CURRENT FROM THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWSTHROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUTTO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFTINTO OVERDRIVE.

5. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUITIF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THECURRENT THROUGH THE POWER INDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, AND FLOWS TO TERMINAL PWR OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATES, AND SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDSTHAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.

6. TRANSFER SHIFT OPERATIONWHEN THE TRANSFER SHIFT LEVER IS MOVED TO L4 POSITION, A SIGNAL FROM TRANSFER L4 POSITION SW IS INPUT TO THETERMINAL L4 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, THEN SHIFT TO L4 OCCURS.

SYSTEM OUTLINE



134


E 4 (A), E 5 (C), E 6 (B), E 7 (D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULESTP -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED

0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL IS RELEASEDTFN -GRD : 0- 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT N POSITION

9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT EXCEPT N POSITIONOD2 -GRD : 0- 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON

9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFFOD1 -GND : 9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONSP2+ -SP2- : PULSE GENERATION WITH VEHICLE MOVINGSPD -GND : PULSE GENERATION WITH VEHICLE MOVINGIDL -GND : 0- 3.0 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

9.0- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENVTA -GND : 3.5- 4.5 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

2.5- 3.5 VOLTS WITH THE THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN2 -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITION

0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT 2 POSITIONL -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION

0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT L POSITIONR -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT R POSITION

0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT R POSITIONPWR -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITION

0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE PATTERN SELECT SW AT NORMAL POSITIONL4 -GND : 7.5- 14.0 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT L4 POSITION

0- 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE TRANSFER POSITION AT EXCEPT L4 POSITIONE 2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID

1, 2, 3-GROUND : 11- 15 ΩE 9 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW

3-6 : CLOSED WITH THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITIONO 4 O/D MAIN SW

2-4 : OPEN WITH THE O/D MAIN SW AT ON POSITIONCLOSED WITH THE O/D MAIN SW AT OFF POSITION

SERVICE HINTS



135

AND A/T INDICATOR

: PARTS LOCATION


A 3 22 E 7 D 24 J 7 25

C12 B 24 E 9 26 O 4 27

C13 A 24 F 6 A 22 P 1 23

C17 24 F 7 B 22 S13 25

E 1 22 F 8 C 22 T 1 23

E 2 22 F11 25 T 2 23

E 3 22 I12 25 V 2 23

E 4 A 24 J 1 25

E 5 C 24 J 4 25

E 6 B 24 J 6 25

: RELAY BLOCKS







EB1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE DISTRIBUTOR)

EC130 ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)

EC230 ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)





: GROUND POINTS




ID 32 KEFT KICK PANEL


: SPLICE POINTS


E16 I 9

E18 30 ENGINE WIRE I11 32 COWL WIRE

E20

30 ENGINE WIRE

I12

32 COWL WIRE

I 432 COWL WIRE

I18 32 ENGINE WIRE

I 632 COWL WIRE



136

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONBrought to you by BirfMark


137

AND A/T INDICATORBrought to you by BirfMark


138

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

1 1

1 1

BR22

BS12

BU11

ID 217

BT12

B R1

4

BS2

1

BX1

1

BT2

2

IE BF

A

B

3 2

3 3

1 4

1 1

A1

B1

L− OL− O

W − B W − B W − B

Y

L−

O

Y

YY

Y

L−

YL

−Y

L−

YL

−G

BB

B

W−

BW

−B

W−

B

W−

B

FR O M PO W E R SO U RCE S YSTEM (SE E PA G E 52)

FU SE BLO C K

R EAR W IN DOD EFO G G ER S

JU N CTIOC O NNE C

RE AR W IND O WDE FO G G ER

D EFO GR ELA Y

10

A G

AU

GE

20

A D

EF

OG

F11

J 4

J 8

JU N CTIC O NNE

R 5

R17

, R1 8A B

IF12

A

AJ 1

JUN CTIO NCO N NE CTO R

IF1

11

IF14

Y

B

O NCTO R

3

2

WW

6

IG D

E

A

NTO R

,



139

DEFOG RELAY(1) 4 - (1) 2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW ON

R 5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW2, 6-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION3-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


F11 25 J 8 25 R18 B 27

J1 25 R 5 25

J4 25 R17 A 27

: RELAY BLOCKS







BR134 LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BR234 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

BS134 BACK DOOR NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)

BS234 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)

BT136 BACK DOOR NO 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

BT236 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

BU1 36 REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)

BX1 36 REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT)

: GROUND POINTS




F 11

(S E E P A G E 20)

(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7) (H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

AAAAA

A A A A A A A

(H IN T : S E E P AG E 7 )

B LA C KR 5

J 1 B LU EJ 8J 4

BR 17 , R 18A B LA C K

B B B B

B B

B

2

3 X 6

1

A A A

A A A

SERVICE HINTS



140

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING

1

EA33

FROM PO WER SO URCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)

3

1 1

2

L−

Y

YY

10ADOM E

C K

BF ID

I 7

R−

B−

B

W−

B

W−

B FR

OC

ON

R−

B

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

D1

6

I 1

ID23

G

A

G

CO NNECTO R

NTO R

* 1 : W / POWER SE AT* 2 : W /O POW ER SEAT

TIONNECTO R

J 3JUNCTIONC ONNECTOR

L−

Y

W− B

2

2

3 (* 2)

(* 1)

(* 2)

IE

W−

W−

ID214

G

3

FUSE B LO

10

A G

AU

GE

F11

L−

Y

10 5 YG

SEAT BELT W ARNINGLIGHT [CO M B. M ETER]

C10

A

A

A

JUNCCO N

J 1B

B

SEAT BELT W AR NING REALY

S 3

G

8 4 7 1

9 5

BUZZER

B IG

CTY BKL L− SW E

9

10

RW

−B

M D

OO

R L

OC

KT

RO

L R

EL

AY

UNLOCKW ARNING SW[IGNITIO N SW]

I12

R−

B

FR

ON

T L

H

R−

B

G

A

B 8

JU NCTIO N

J 7

W−

B

3 (* 1)

W−

B

I12

B B

2

1

BU

CK

LE

SW

LH

OC

A

A

JU NCTICON NE

J 2

B c 1

B j 1

B c 1

B j 1



141

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE, THROUGH TERMINAL 5 OF THE SEATBELT WARNING RELAY AND TERMINAL 5 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT, TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE BUCKLE SW LH. IF SEATBELT IS NOT FASTENED AT THIS TIME (THE BUCKLE SW IS ON), THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE BUCKLE SW LHTO TERMINAL 2 TO GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT. SIMULTANEOUSLY, A SIGNAL FROM THE BUCKLE SWLH IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY, AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FLOWSTHROUGH TERMINAL 1 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY TO GROUND, ACTIVATING THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY ANDSOUNDING SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER FOR 4 TO 8 SECONDS. IF THE SEAT BELT IS FASTENED (THE BUCKLE SW LH IS OFF)WHILE THE BUZZER SOUNDS, THE RELAY GROUND IS CUT, THE BUZZER STOP AND THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF.

UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEMWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO OFF AND THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS OPENED (THE DOOR COURTESY SW IS ON) WHILE THEKEY IS STILL INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (THE UNLOCK WARNING SW IS ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THESEAT BELT WARNING RELAY, ACTIVATING THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY. THIS CAUSES CURRENT FROM THE DOME FUSE TOFLOW TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, SOUNDING UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER.

B 8 BUCKLE SW LH1-2 : OPEN WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE

D16 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN

S 3 SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY1-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY4-GROUND : CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE5-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION7-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER8-GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN9-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]10-9 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

: PARTS LOCATION


B 8 26 I12 25 J 7 25

C10 24 J 1 25 S 3 25

D16 26 J 2 25

F11 25 J 3 25

: RELAY BLOCKS







Bc1 38 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Bj1 38 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS





: SPLICE POINTS


I 1 32 COWL WIRE I12 32 COWL WIRE

I 7 32 COWL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS



142

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNINGBrought to you by BirfMark


143

SRS

NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the followingprecautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable modelyear.

Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic troublecodes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting.When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes beforedisconnecting the battery.

Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and thenegative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.(The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back-up power source so that if work is started within90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (-) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated).When the negative (-) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systemswill be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock.To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back-up power supply from outside thevehicle.

When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surfacefacing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take carenot to damage the connector.(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)

Always store a removed or new front passenger airbag assembly with the airbag door facing up. Storing theairbag assembly with the airbag door facing down could cause a serious accident if the airbag inflates.

Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without highhumidity and away from electrical noise.

Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts.

Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly airbag sensorassembly or front airbag sensors.

Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to thesensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts.

Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.After evaluating whether the airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuse it.(See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the airbag sensor assembly.)

When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high-impedance (Min. 10KΩ/V) tester.

The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl wire harness assembly. Thevehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, as arethe connectors.

Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squibs.(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)

If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harnessassembly.When the connector to the front airbag sensors can be replaced alone (when there is no damage to the wireharness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)

INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow theinstructions on the notices.



144

SRS

The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below:1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM

Each connector contains a short spring plate. When theconnector is disconnected, the short spring plateautomatically connects the power source and groundingterminals of the squib to preclude a potential differencebetween the terminals.

2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISMThis mechanism is designed to electrically check ifconnectors are connected properly and completely.The electrical connection check mechanism is designed sothat the connection detection pin connects with thediagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is inthe locked condition.



145

3. CONNECTOR TWIN-LOCK MECHANISMWith this mechanism connectors (male and femaleconnectors) are locked by two locking devices to increaseconnection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribsinterfere and prevent the secondary lock.



146

SRS

3

2

IH111 IH 112

5 2 1 4 3 6

9 10 8 7

1 2

1 2

IE

B−

R

W−

R

W B

A IR BAG SQ UIB(FR O NT PASS ENG E R’ S A IRBA G AS SE M BLY)

A18

AIRB AG SQ UIB(S TE E RIN G W HE EL P AD)

A19

11 5

B−

Y

W−

L

BR

BR

B−

Y

W−

L

B−

L

W−

L

FROM P OW ER SO UR C E S YS TEM (SEE P AG E 52)

SR S W AR NING LIG H T[C O M B. M E TE R]

C10

DA

TA

LIN

K C

ON

NE

CT

OR

1

D 1

B3 B4

A3 A4

A

222

11 1

A

A1 A2

B2B1

I 6

A1A2

B1B2

B−

L

GR

GR

B−

RW

−L

W−

L

GR

B−

W

JUN CTIO NCO NN EC TO R

J 3

SH

OR

T C

ON

NE

CT

OR

(S

RS

)

SH

OR

T C

ON

NE

CT

OR

(S

RS

)

BS

4,

S 5

A

BS

6,

S 7

A

USEBLO C K

11

BR

B R

SHO R TCO NN EC TO R (SRS )

BS 4 , S 5A

ID

I12

BR

W−

B

W − B

A IRB AG SE NSO R ASSEM B LY

A 17

E1 P + P− D+ D− E 2

IG 2 A CC LA TC

TC AB

SP IR ALCAB LE

10

A E

CU

−B

15

A C

IG

7.

5A

IG

N

F

F



147

THE SRS IS A DRIVER AND PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON. THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OFTHE ASSEMBLY.

IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY THE SENSOR IN THEAIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY, AND WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTOTHE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, THE FLOOR SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON), THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR THE IGN FUSE FLOWS THROUGH THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLYTO TERMINALS 4 AND 2 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS3 AND 1 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → THE FLOOR SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 5,TERMINAL 6 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND.

WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND FLOOR SENSOR BUILT INTO THE AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, ONE OF THE ABOVE-MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS TO THEAIRBAG SQUIBS, CAUSING IT TO OPERATE.

THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO A DRIVER.

SIMULTANEOUSLY, THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TOSOFTEN THE SHOCK TO A PASSENGER.

: PARTS LOCATION


A17 24 D 1 22 S 5 B 25

A18 24 F11 25 S 6 A 25

A19 24 J 3 25 S 7 B 25

C10 24 S 4 A 25




: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I 6 32 COWL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE



148

SRSBrought to you by BirfMark


149



150

CENTER DIFFERENTIAL LOCK

4

1

1

2

IH16

IF12

EC 14

IH13

EC 110

IH110 IH 116 IH18 IH 19

EC 13

IH 26

E C11

EC18 EC 112 EC17 E C111

IF19

E18

E22

E C ID

IH1

24

3 2

2 5 3 6

B

2)

D IFF. LO CKO R SW FER

ALO N SW

CE

NT

ER

DIF

F.

LO

CK

CE NTER D IFF. LO CK C O NTR OM O TO R

A/T

IN

DIC

AT

OR

SW

[PA

SIT

ION

SW

]

SFER L4IO N SW

N CTIO NCO NN ECTO R

C O M BIN ATIO N M ETE R

L− B

Y Y

W −B W − B

Y

YY

Y

Y

B

L−

B

G−

R

G−

B

G

G−

Y

G−

R

G−

B

G

G−

Y

W−

B

G−

R

G−

B

G

G−

Y

W−

B

Y−

LR

−L

R−

L

B−

LY

Y−

BY

−B

B2

A5

C 10 , C 11

C 1

C 5

P 1

P−

B

W−

BW

−B

BA

Y

I11

Y−

L

I 6

P−

B

P −B

I11B − L

W−

B

J 2

JU

NC

ON

NE

CT

OR

1 0

S1

0S

HO

( CE

NK

)

4 10 1 5

A

A

N CTIO NN NECTO R

B− LB− L

21 9

Y − L

B− L

EN G INE C O NTR O L M O D ULE

YB

FR

OM

AB

S E

CU

C7

C8

(* 1 ) (* 2)

C, C 13

1

DIO

DE

( NE

UT

TIO

N)

D2

8

I12

W−

B

* 1 : C EN TE R DIFF. LOC K* 2 : A /T P

IH 2

16

EC 1

2

Y−

G

Y−G Y− G

IE

W−

B

1 1

FRO M PO W ER SO UR CE SY STE M (SE E PAG E 5

FUS E B LO CK

F11

10

A G

AU

GE

30

A D

IFF

B

B

JUJ 4

JUCO

J 1

TFN L4

E 7

2RA

L D

ET

EC

7RK

/NE

UT

RA

L P

O

2

TRANPO SIT

T 2

7

RT

PIN

TE

R D

IFF

. L

OC

CO

NT

RO

L R

EL

AY

9 3

7

2

4M

L

A

A

CT

ION

2

TR ANSN EU TRPO S ITI

T 3

1

CE NTERINDIC AT

C 2



2 3

4 5 6 1 2

5

XX2 8 X7 9

21

A A A

A A A

(H INT : SE E PA G E 7)

AAAAA

A A A A A A A

(HIN T : SE E PA G E 7)

X

7

4

1 21 2

C 1 C 2 G R AY C 5

F11

E 7 D AR K G R AY

J 1 J 2 B LU E J 4

P 1 G RA Y S10 T 2 G R AY T 3 G R AY

B B LU EC 1 1

A G R AYC 10

C13

(S EE P AG E 20)

(H IN T : S E E PAG E 7 )

B B B

B B

B B

1 2

5

3 4

X 7 X 9 10

X X X X

X X 7 X X 10

C

X

151

C5 CENTER DIFF. LOCK CONTROL RELAY3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION2-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY7-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE CONTROL LEVER AT

L4 POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


C 1 22 D28 24 P 1 23

C 2 22 E 7 24 S10 25

C 5 24 F11 25 T 2 23

C10 A 24 J 1 25 T 3 23

C11 B 24 J 2 25

C13 C 24 J 4 25



EC1 30 ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)




: GROUND POINTS





: SPLICE POINTS


E18 30 ENGINE WIRE I1132 COWL WIRE

E22 30 TRANSMISSION WIRE I1232 COWL WIRE

I 6 32 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS



152

FRONT/REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK

I 2

8

E BLO CK

CTIO NN N ECTO R

FR O M PO W E R SO U RC E SYSTEM (SEE P AG E 52)

L−

BL

−B

2

B b 13B b14B b11B b12

IE

B b16

B 1

W−

B

4

2 3 5 6

12 6

W−

BW

−B

W−

B

R−

B

B−

G

L−

Y

L−

B

L

L−

G

W − B

W −B

W− B

FRO NT DIFF. LO C KC ONTR O L M O TO R

F12

D IFF. LO CKC O NTR OL SW

D 4

W−

B

L−B

FU S

F11

30

A D

IFF

1

1 2

4

RE

AR

FR

ON

T/R

EA

R

1 3 5

L−

R

7

L

14

L−

B

16

L−

Y

M

A

A

JU NCO

J 8A

D IFF. LO CK EC U

D 5

G N D M 4 M3 REL 4 REL 3

R RF



153

652

4

3

G

G−O

G−B

G−Y

G

G−L

G−B

G−Y

G

G−L

G−B

G−Y

G

G−O

G−B

4

111 10 2

W−B

W−B

W−B

1

2

1

2

1

2

I 5

C C C1 10 9

5 A

A B C

ID19ID114ID13ID110

BQ16BQ15BQ12BQ11

CONNECTORJUNCTIONJ 1

10A

GA

UG

EY

Y

G−Y

COMBINATION METER

C10 C11 C13

C3

B2

L−W

P−B

P−B

G−R

G−RW

WW

I14

I 6

W

G−R

P−B

ID1

BQ1

Bh2

13

12

5 5 Bb1

3 IH1

1 EC1

10 EC1

ECID

Y−B

Y−BG−R

Y−W

Y−W

BR

BR

C 2

F13

FR

ON

T D

IFF.

LO

CK

PO

SIT

ION

SW

PO

SIT

ION

SW

RE

AR

DIF

F. L

OC

K

R11

CE

NT

ER

DIF

F. L

OC

K

CE

NT

ER

DIF

F. L

OC

K

IND

ICA

TO

R S

W

9 153

2 41 3Bh2 Bh2 Bh2 Bh2

M

R10

REAR DIFF. LOCKCONTROL MOTOR

W−B

W−B

W−BB25

W−B

W−B

BG

6 Bh2

LOC

K

RE

AR

DIF

F.

CE

NT

ER

LOC

K

FR

ON

T

DIF

F.

DIF

F.

LOC

K

A

A

F11

FUSE BLOCK

FRO M PO W ER SO UR C E SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 5 2)



154

FRONT/REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK

THIS SYSTEM FREES OR LOCKS THE FRONT AND REAR DIFFERENTIALS ACCORDING TO THE POSITION OF THE DIFF. LOCKCONTROL SW. THE DIFFERENTIAL WILL LOCK ONLY WHEN THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW IS ON AND THE VEHICLESPEED IS AT 8 KM/H (5 MPH) OR LESS.

WHEN THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW IS OFF, DIFFERENTIAL LOCK DOES NOT OCCUR EVEN IF THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROLSW IS IN RR POSITION OR FRRR POSITION.

WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM OFF POSITION TO RR POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOW TO TERMINAL 12OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE LOCK SIDE INSIDE THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON AT THIS TIME,UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU →TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU →TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND LOCKS THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL. WHENTHE REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS, THE REAR DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW TURNS ON, LIGHTING UP THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATORLIGHT IN THE COMBINATION METER.

WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM RR POSITION TO FRRR POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL6 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE LOCK SIDE INSIDE THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON AT THISTIME, UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU→ TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DIFF. LOCKECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND LOCKS THE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL.WHEN THE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS, THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW TURNS ON, LIGHTING UP THE FRONT DIFF. LOCKINDICATOR LIGHT IN THE COMBINATION METER.

WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM FRRR POSITION TO RR POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OFTHE DIFF. LOCK ECU IS CUT OFF. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE FREE SIDE INSIDE THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON ATTHIS TIME, UNTIL THE LIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCKECU → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE DIFF.LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND FREE THE FRONTDIFFERENTIAL. THIS CAUSES THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW AND THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT INSIDE THECOMBINATION METER TO TURN OFF.

WHEN THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED FROM RR POSITION TO OFF POSITION, CURRENT TO TERMINAL 12 OF THEDIFF. LOCK ECU IS CUT OFF. IF THE LIMIT SW ON THE FREE SIDE INSIDE THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR IS ON, UNTIL THELIMIT SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOW FROM THE DIFF FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DIFF. LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 13→ GROUND. THIS DRIVES THE REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR AND FREES THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL. WHEN THE REARDIFFERENTIAL IS FREE, THE REAR DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW AND THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT IN THE COMBINATIONMETER ARE TURNED OFF.

THE DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT FLASHES WHEN:

∗ THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW IS SWITCHED TO RR POSITION OR FRRR POSITION DURING DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PROHIBITIONCONDITIONS (VEHICLE SPEED ABOVE 8 KM/H (5 MPH) OR CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW OFF).

∗ THE DIFF. LOCK POSITION SW IS TURNED OFF DURING OPERATION OF THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR.

D 4 DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW AT “RR” POSITION OR “FR RR” POSITION4-2 : CLOSED WITH THE DIFF. LOCK SW AT “FRRR” POSITION

D 5 DIFF. LOCK ECU(DISCONNECTED WIRING CONNECTOR FROM ECU)13-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY4-GROUND : PULSE GENERATION WITH VEHICLE MOVING8-GROUND : 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON2-GROUND : ABOUT 0 VOLTS WITH THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT ON

: 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE REAR DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT OFF9-GROUND : ABOUT 0 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT ON

: 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT OFF15-GROUND : ABOUT 0 VOLTS WITH THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT ON

: 9-14 VOLTS WITH THE CENTER DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT OFFF12, R10 FRONT, REAR DIFF. LOCK CONTROL MOTOR

2-3 : 0.3-100

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS



155

: PARTS LOCATION


C 2 22 D 5 24 J 8 25

C10 A 24 F11 25 R10 27

C11 B 24 F12 26 R11 27

C13 C 24 F13 26

D 4 24 J 1 25







Bb1 36 COWL WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)

Bh2 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

: GROUND POINTS






: SPLICE POINTS


I 2 I14 32 COWL WIRE

I 5 32 COWL WIRE B 1 36 FRAME WIRE

I 6 B25 36 FLAME NO. 2 WIRE



156

RADIO AND PLAYER

BR 16 BR17 BN 15 BN 16 BW 11 B W 12 BP 15 BP 16

II116 II115 II28 II114

ID 119 ID 120

II117 II118

BM 13

I14

I 9 I 9

I 9 I 9

I15

I15

B14

B14

B22

B22

B22

B22

ID BF

A9 B6 B2 B3 B1

7 10 4 1 5

3 2

A

FRO M PO W E R SO U RC E SY STEM (S EE PAG E 5 2)

RA DIO AND PLAY ER

LH S PEAKER LH R H SP EAKER R H

JU

NC

TIO

N

FUSE BLO C K

CO

OL

ING

FA

N( R

G R

R − B

R

Y

B

W

Y

B

W

R

W

Y

B R

Y

GR

R−

B

Y

GR

R−

B

Y B

W−

B

W−

B

LG

−R

LG

−B

Y B

W

R

B W R

Y

R−

B

W−

B

W−

B

RWRWRWBY

W RBYY

W

B

RR

B

R 1

R 3

W

F11

J 7

BA

C1

6

JU

NC

TIO

N

J 4

J 3

A

3

GR

I14R − B

( *2

)

( *2

)

( *2

)

( *2

)

( *2

)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

R−B

G R

R−B

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

A

G R

(* 2)RR +RR −RL+R L−AM P

ACC

R−

B

( * 3 )

(* 3 )

( *3

)

( *3

)

( *3

)

( *3

)

(* 3)

(* 3)

Y

( *3

)

( *3

)

(* 3 )

( *3

)

( *3

)

( *3

)

( *3

)( *

3)

( *3

)( *

3)

( *3

)

( *3

)

(* 3)

(* 3)

1 1

10

A G

AU

GE

15

A C

IG

B

B

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

JU

NC

TIO

N C

ON

NE

CT

OR

A

A

A

1

4

AD

IO A

ND

PL

AY

ER

)

9 3 6 2

W O OFER AM PLIFIER

W 6

R R −R R+W F+WF−GND

+B AM P+ R L− RL+

A

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

2 12 2 2 21 1 1 1

W O O FER (S PEAK ER ) R O OF SP EAKER R EA R D O OR R O OF S PEA KER REAR DO O R

W 5 R 23 R 12 R 24 R13

M



157

BJ18 BJ17 B K18 BK17

I10

I10

I14

I14

2

EA13

IE

A6 A2 A5 A1 A7

A9

3

A10

A

1

B

1

A

12

A

5

A

11

A

4

A

8

A

3

A

7

A

2

B

4

B

5

B

6

B

7

B

12

B

15

B

14

B

13

RADIO AND PLAYER

LG −

B

G

L

R

W

Y

BR

GR

R−B

Y

B

W

R

GR

R−B

Y

B

V

P

LG

W

L

R

V P L LG

BR

L−

YL

−Y

BR

L LG V P L LG L LG

BR

L−

Y

SPEAKER LH SPEAKER LH SPEAKER RH SPEA KER RH

FROM POW ER SOUR CE SYSTEM (SEE PAG E 52)

10ADOM E

ST

ER

EO

CO

MP

ON

EN

TA

MP

LIF

IER

S1

1

,

S12

R 2

R 1

R 3

1

A B

BA

(SHIELD

(SHIELDED)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

( *3

)

( *3

)

( *3

)

( *3

)

( *2

)

( *1

)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

( *2

)

( *2

)

( *2

)

( *2

)

( *2

)

LGL

PV

( *3

)

( *3

)

( *3

)

( *3

)

FL− FL+ FR− FR+ GND

I14 I10

B

11

FR+

FR−

FL+

FL−

RR+

RR−

RL+

RL−

AM P+

ACC

GND

RR+

RL+

BEEP

S GND

FR+

FL+

M UTE

+B

GND

+B

R−B

(* 1)

A4

L−

Y

( *2

)

CTIONNNECTO R

+B

W−

B

W−

B

(* 1

(* 1

(* 1

(* 1

(* 1

(* 1

(* 1

(* 1

R−B

(* 1)

( *1

)

B

3 B−LACC

(* 1

B

B

BJUNCO

J 3

R

RAD IO AND

ED)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

1 1 1 12 2 2 2

FRONT DOOR FRONT FRONT DOOR FRO NTF14 F 9 F15 F10

*1 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER

*2 : BUILT−IN TYPE AMPLIFIER

*3 : 9 SPEAKER (W/ CD)

1D

PLAYER

+

E

+

+

+

EP

G ND

7

1

1

1

1

FR

2

3

4

5RR

RL

BE

S

1

4

+

UT

+B

AM P

3ACC

5

6FL

M

1G N



158

RADIO AND PLAYER

R 1 (A) RADIO AND PLAYER(A) 4-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 3-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION(A) 7-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

S11 (A) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER(A) 1-GROUND : APPOX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION(A) 10-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 9-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


C16 24 J 4 25 R23 27

F 9 25 J 7 25 R24 27

F10 25 R 1 A 25 S11 A 25

F11 25 R 2 25 S12 B 25

F14 26 R 3 B 25 W 5 27

F15 26 R12 27 W 6 27

J 3 25 R13 27

: RELAY BLOCKS















BW1 36 ROOF NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT QUARTER PANEL INNER)

: GROUND POINTS





: SPLICE POINTS


I 9 I15 32 COWL WIRE

I10 32 COWL WIRE B14 36 FLOOR WIRE

I14 B22 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

SERVICE HINTS



159



160

REAR HEATER

B21

II21 II25

II2

2

B

5

FR O M PO W ER SO UR CE SYSTEM (SE E PAG E 52 )

R EAR H EATER SW

R EAR HEA TE R

TIO NE CTO R

RE AR HEA TERE LAY

FUS

L−

W YY

L−

WL

−W

L−

W

W−

B

L−

B

L−

Y

W−

B

L

L−

B

L−

Y

W−

B

W−

B

R15

2 3

1 1

E BLO CK

20

A R

EA

R−

HT

R

10

A G

AU

GE

B

JU N CC O N N

4 2 1

2 1

6 4

3R

M1

3 2

R 1

W−B

J 7

JUNCTION

CONNECTOR

A

A

IDBF

BM13

HI

L0L0 HI

J4

R4

4

F11



161

R 4 REAR HEATER SW2-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON AND REAR HEATER SW AT LO POSITION4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON AND REAR HEATER SW AT HI POSITION

R15 REAR HEATER RELAY4-1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


F11 25 J 7 25 R14 27

J 4 25 R 4 25 R15 27





: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS



F1 1

(S E E P A G E 20) AAAAA

A A A A A A A

1 2

4 5 1

2 3

1 2 3

4 X 6

J 4 J 7 B L UE R 4 B L A C K R 14

R 15

(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

(HIN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

B B B B

B B

B

SERVICE HINTS



162

COMBINATION METER

A5

FR STEM (SEE PAGE 52)

COMBINATION M ETER

Y

FU

EL

SP

EE

DO

ME

TE

R

3

C10 A B,C11 , C13 C,C12 D

FU

EL

OIL

VO

LT

TA

CH

O

C11 C14 B3 A6 C1 B11 C4

C3

ID25 ID218

BO12 BO 11

EA43 EA41

EC16

IH11

IH27IH16

EC13

I 6

EY11 EY13

A1

B1

BO 14

BF EC

EC1

9

BR

BR

5

1 2

B

11 4

3

Y

L−

W

Y

R

Y−

R

P

W

BR

B

R−

OR

−O

W

P

Y−

R

RY

R

Y−

R

Y

Y BR

BR

R−

G

Y

BR

BR

W−

B

J 4

JUN

CT

IT

OR

( SH

IEL

DE

D)

( SH

IEL

DE

D)

W

F18

O 2

,A

O

3FUEL SENDER[FUEL PUM P]

ICLE SPEED SENSORMBINATION METER)

G S

W

OIL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SE

ND

ER

B

LOCK

BR

BR

I 6BR

BR

E10

E11

E12

2

1

E13BR

W

BR

BR

N 2

NO

ISE

FIL

TE

R (

OIL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SE

ND

ER

)

Ea 1

1

Ea 12

R−

G

Ea 13BR

Y

AJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

B

B5

B−

R

Y Y

FR

OM

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

N S

W

FR

OM

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE

FR

OM

DIF

F.

LO

CK

EC

U

OIL

LE

VE

L

DELAY

BULB CHECKRELAY

( SH

IEL

DE

D)

OM POWER SOURCE SY

1

F11FUSE B

10

A G

AU

GE

B

ON

CO

NN

EC

A

A

2

O 1

V 1VEH(CO

OIL

LE

VE

L W

AR

NIN



163

BR

E EL

M

PAG E 52)

C13

B7 A7 A8 A1 B10 B2 B6 A9 A4 B1

B8 B9

IH 12 IH 13

A10

I 6

ID29

EC 11

ID

R − B

BR

W − B

B−

L

G−

B

G−

Y

Y−

L

Y−

L

R−

B

BR

G−

R

P−

BY

−B

Y−

B

G

Y−

R

G−

Y

O G

W−

B

Y−

L

R−

W

R−

BW

−B

A

FR

OM

HA

ZA

RD

SW

AN

D T

UR

N S

IGN

AL

SW

[CO

MB

. S

W]

WA

TE

RT

EM

P.

CE

NT

ER

DIF

F.

LO

CK

MA

LF

UN

CT

ION

IND

ICA

TO

R L

AM

P

CR

UIS

E

AB

S

SE

AT

BE

LT

TU

RN

LH

TU

RN

RH

CH

AR

GE

A/T

OIL

TE

MP

.

BR

AK

E

TO

GE

NE

RA

TO

R TO

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE

TO

SE

NT

ER

DIF

F.

LO

CK

IN

DIC

AT

OR

SW

TO

CR

UIS

E C

ON

TR

OL

EC

U

TO

AB

S E

CU

TO

SE

AT

BE

LT

WA

RN

ING

RE

LA

Y

G S

W

E

IO NE CTO R

EA34

JU N CTC ON NE

J 7

W−

B

W−

B

B

Y YY

7 NG

INE

CO

NT

RO

OD

UL

E

1

2

1

1

A

BR

AK

E F

LU

IDL

EV

EL

WA

RN

IN

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

SW

WA

TE

R T

EM

P.

SE

ND

ER

JU N CTCO N N

B 1

P 4

W 3

J 2

A

A

IO NCTO R

5

10

O ILW

TACO

FR O M PO W ER SO U R CE SY STEM (S EE

2

1

7.

5A

IG

N

F11

FUS E BLO CK

COM BINATION METER

C10 , A B,C11 , C13 C,C12 D



164

COMBINATION METER

2 2

E A13 EA 25

IH 216

E C12

C16 C6 C2D9 C8

C15 C5C9 C10 B12 C7D8

10ADO M E

15AHE AD(RH )

DO

OR

HIG

H B

EA

M

FR

ON

TD

IFF

. L

OC

K

RE

AR

DIF

F.

LO

CK

ME

TE

RIL

LU

MIN

AT

ION

A/T

P

O/D

OF

F

TO

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

SW

TO

LIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

L S

W[C

OM

B.

SW

]

TO

FR

ON

T D

IFF

. L

OC

KP

OS

ITIO

N S

W

TO

RE

AR

DIF

F.

LO

CK

PO

SIT

ION

SW

TO TR AN SFE RN EU TR ALP O SITIO N SW

TO

O/D

MA

INS

W

FRO M P O W ER S O U RC E SY S TEM (SEE PA G E

3 2

1 1

UN C TIO NCO N NEC TO R

JUN C TCO N NE

L−

Y

R−

W

L−

Y

R−

W

GG

Y

R−

W

R−

Y

G−

R

W

Y−

GY

−G

Y−

L

P−

L

W−

GW

−G

W − B

1

J 5 W − G

A2

A3

SR

S

TO

AIR

BA

G S

EN

SO

RA

SS

EM

BL

Y

W−

L

Y

B

N CTIO NN N EC TO R

L−

Y

B−

R

2

˙S

TR

T

D12

TO

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE

R−

W

G

R− L

BC 10 , C 11A

CC 12 , C 13D

C O M B IN ATIO N M E TE R

B

1

Y−

L

DIO

DE

( NE

UT

RN

)

D2

8

A

A

3 2

IO NC TO R

R H EO S TA T

R 7

A

L E

2AL

DE

TE

CT

IO

FU SEBL O CK

52)

2

1

F11

15

A T

AIL

2

10

A E

CU

−B

1

JJ

JUC O

J 3

B

B

B



165

IH 26 IH 17 IH 25 IH 24 IH 23 IH 22

I 6

D1 3 D3 D4 D5 D7 D10 D11

D6 D1

D2

PW

R

P R N D 2 L

A/T

IN

DIC

AT

OR

ILL

UM

INA

TIO

N

BC 10 , C 11A C, C 12 , C 1 3D

FR

OM

EL

EC

TR

ON

ICA

LL

YC

ON

TR

OL

LE

DT

RA

NS

MIS

SIO

NP

AT

TE

RN

SE

LE

CT

SW

FR O M A/T IN D IC A TO R S W

P−

B

R−

LR

−L

R−

L

R−

B

R−

W

B−

O

G−

R

O

R−

B

R−

W

B−

O

O

G−

W

GW

−G

W−

B

G

C O M BIN A TIO N M E TER

ID

W − B

W −B

R

G

R − L

W − G

W − B

R− L

I12

IE

W−

B

W − B

A A

JU NC TIO NC O N N E C TO R

J 7

A A

JU N C TIO NC O N N E C TO

J 2



166

COMBINATION METER

B 1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW1-2 : CLOSED WITH THE FLOAT DOWN

C10 (A), C11 (B), C12 (D), C13 (C) COMBINATION METER(C) 16-GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 5, (C) 13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A) 1, (B) 1, (C) 1, (D) 6-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

P 4 PARKING BRAKE SW1-GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP

: PARTS LOCATION


B 1 22 F18 26 O 1 23

C10 A 24 J 1 25 O 2 A 23

C11 B 24 J 2 25 O 3 B 23

C12 D 24 J 3 25 P 4 27

C13 C 24 J 4 25 R 7 25

D28 24 J 5 25 V 1 23

E 7 24 J 7 25 W 3 23

F11 25 N 2 23

: RELAY BLOCKS





EA1


EA3

30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (LEFT FENDER)



EY1 30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)

Ea1 30 TRANSMISSION WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR WIRE (NEAR THE TRANSMISSION)




BO1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)

: GROUND POINTS






: SPLICE POINTS


E1030 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

E13 30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE

E1130 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I 6 32 COWL WIRE

E12 30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE

SERVICE HINTS



167



168

AIR CONDITIONING

1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATIONTHE CURRENT FLOWS CONSTANTLY FROM THE FL HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITIONSW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY,AND TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW.

* LOW SPEED OPERATION

WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO LO POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TOTERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTORS TO OPERATE AT LOWSPEED.

* HIGH SPEED OPERATION

WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO HI POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TOTERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL (B) 13 OF THE HEATER CONTROLSW → TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOWFROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL 4 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTORS TOOPERATE AT HIGH SPEED.

* MEDIUM SPEED OPERATION (OPERATION AT M1, M2)

WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS SET TO M1 POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FROMTERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL (B) 9 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW →TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FROMTERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 →GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTORS TO OPERATE AT MEDIUM LOW SPEED. WHEN THE BLOWER SW (HEATER CONTROLSW) IS SET TO M2 POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE BLOWER SPEEDCONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 8 → TERMINAL (B) 10 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND,ACTIVATING THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATERRELAY TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR →TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWERMOTOR TO OPERATE AT MEDIUM HI SPEED. THE CURRENT TO THE BLOWER MOTORS AT THIS TIME IS STRONGER THAN IT WASFOR THE M1 POSITION, SO THE BLOWER MOTORS OPERATES FASTER FOR M2 THAN IT DOES FOR M1.

2. OPERATION AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROLSERVO MOTOR. WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OFTHE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A) 18 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL (B) 16→ GROUND, THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR TO ROTATE AND THE DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRCPOSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR, AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.

(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)

WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE RECIRC SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL 1 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A) 19 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW →TERMINAL (B) 16 → GROUND, THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR TO ROTATE AND DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN IT IS INTHE FRESH POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR, AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.

SYSTEM OUTLINE



169

3. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE POSITION OF THE MODE SELECTION SWON THE CONTROL SW WHICH IS ON. WHEN THE FOOT SW OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS TURNED ON WITH THE DEF POSITION,A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (B) 4 OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW. AS A RESULT, THE SERVO MOTOR OPERATES UNTIL THE DAMPER REACHES TO DEF POSITION. WHEN THISOCCURS, THE SIGNAL TO THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS SHUT OFF AND ROTATION OF THE MOTOR STOPS. SWITCHING TO OTHERMOVEMENT IS CONTROLLED BY THE SERVO MOTOR ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS:

1. FACE POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (B) 14 OF THE HEATER CONTROLSW.

2. BI-LEVEL POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 12 OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW.

3. FOOT POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 7 OF THE HEATER CONTROLSW.

4. FOOT/DEF POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (B) 11 OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW.

4. AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTORVOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS 11 AND 12 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER FROM THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVERINSIDE THE HEATER CONTROL SW AND FROM THE POTENTIOMETER INSIDE THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR. THISVOLTAGE IS KEPT AT A FIXED LEVEL BY THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER. WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER OF THE HEATERCONTROL SW IS MOVED TO ’COOL’, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER FROM TERMINAL (B)3 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW CHANGES. AT THIS TIME, THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER COMPARES THE VOLTAGE FROMTERMINAL 2 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR WITH THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE A/C SYSTEMAMPLIFIER. THIS ACTIVATES THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, SO THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE AMPLIFIER TOTERMINAL 5 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, AND THEAIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR CHANGES TO THE ’COOL’ SIDE. THEN WHEN THE VOLTAGE FROM THE POTENTIOMETER INSIDETHE SERVO MOTOR EQUALS THE VOLTAGE FROM THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER INSIDE THE HEATER CONTROL SW, THEA/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER CUTS OFF POWER TO THE MOTOR. WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER IS MOVED TO THE ’HOT’SIDE, THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER OPERATES THE SAME AS FOR ’COOL’ OPERATION, SO THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL1 OF THE A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 6 OF THEA/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CHANGING THE MOTOR TO THE ’HOT’ SIDE. WHEN THE VOLTAGE OF THE POTENTIOMETER AND VOLTAGEOF THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVEL ARE THE SAME, POWER TO THE MOTOR IS CUT OFF.

5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS THROUGH THE THE A/C DUAL PRESSURESW TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER. IF THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS THEN TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THEFL HEATER FUSE THROUGH THE A.C. FUSE TO TERMINAL (B) 17 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW. WHEN THE A/C IS TURNED ON,THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B) 17 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL (B) 6 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/CAMPLIFIER, ACTIVATING THE A/C AMPLIFIER. THE CURRENT THEN FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL4 OF THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH → GROUND. THIS CAUSESTHE COMPRESSOR TO START. WHEN THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE IS APPROX. 108C (226F), THE WATER TEMP. SW(A/C) IS TURNED ON AND THE A/C CUT RELAY IS ACTIVATED. THIS TURNS THE COMPRESSOR OFF AND STOPS THE AIRCONDITIONING. THE AIR CONDITIONING ALSO TURNS OFF, IF A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER THAT THE AIR OUTLETTEMPERATURE IS LOW (BELOW APPROX. 3C) OR THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY LOW.



170

AIR CONDITIONING

I 3

I14

11

111

ID IE

IG13IG18

IG1

1

IG1

2

IG1

4

IG1

6

IG1

10

IG19

A

4 1

3

A

5 3

W−

G

W−

B

L−

R

L−

RL

−Y

L−

Y

L−

B

B−

L

W−

BW

−B

L−R

L−Y

W

L− B

B

L−R

Y

Y

L− Y

W−B

Y

W

B

L−R

W−

B

R−L

L−R

W− Y

R

HE

AT

ER

RE

LA

Y

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B (B (

FUSE BLO

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 52)

J 8

B 5

J 2

B 3

BF11

B−

W

2

I12

I 8

Y

W−B

Y

Y

Y Y

Y

Y

L−B

YY

Y

TIONNECTOR

J 4

L−B

L−Y

L−Y

I12

W−B

W−

B

JU

NC

TIO

NC

I14

I14

L− R

Y

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

L−

YL

−R

2 3

1 1

CK

40

A F

L H

EA

TE

R

10

A G

AU

GE

B

B

B

B

JUNCCO N

A

A

2

1

2

1

LO

WE

R M

OT

OR

A/C

)

LO

WE

R M

OT

OR

HE

AT

ER

)

2

1 4

BLOW ER RESISTORB 4

3 2

A

A

ON

NE

CT

OR

124

5

7

6

8

BLOWER SPEEDCO NTROL RELAY

HI

M2

M1

MM



171

ID

6 1 7 2 5 10 11 12

9

Y

L−Y

Y

Y

Y

G

B−Y

G− B

B

W

L−B

B

L−R

B−O

G −R

Y−B

W− G

Y−R

Y−G

W

L−B

B

L− R

Y

Y

Y

Y

L−Y

Y

G

B−

Y

G−

B

W−B

W−

B

SERVO M OTO R

I 8

1 2 3 4 5

AIR MIX CO NTRO LA15

W ARM

M

CO OL

A/C S YSTEM AM PLIFIERA10

A

JU NCTIONCO NNECTO R

J 7

A W −B



172

AIR CONDITIONING

I 8

Y

L− Y

Y

Y

Y

G

B− Y

G −B

B

W

L− B

B

L− R

B− O

G −R

Y− B

W −G

Y

L− Y

Y

Y

Y

G R− G

L−W

L

Y − R

Y− G

G − W

L

G − B

B

R− L

W − L

G R− R

LG − R

LG − B

5 1 3 6 16 7 8 15 2 11 12 4 9 14 13

−G

−B

−R

−O −B

−Y

G −W

LG

−B

LG

−R

GR

−R

W−

L

R−

L

L

Y−

G

Y−

R

L

L−

W

GR

−G

WL−

B

B

L−

R

S H O RT C O N NE C TO R (A/C )

SH O R T CO NN EC TO R (A /C)S 9

8 5 7 3 2 4 6 1

W Y G B G B G

S 8



173

GR− G GR−G

A9 A1 B9 B10

Y

L− Y

Y

Y

Y

L

Y−R

Y− G

G− W

L

G −B

B

R −L

W−L

G R−R

LG−R

Y

L− Y

Y

G −W

G − B

B

R−L

W− L

G R− R

LG − R

LG− B LG −B

L−

W L Y Y

Y−

R

Y−

G

L

LO M 1 M 2

A

A

13

3

G

W− G

FR OM " TAIL" FUSE

TO RH EOSTAT

SERVO MO TOR

L− W

BLOW ER SW

2 3 1

M

AIR INLET C ONTRO LA14

FRESH

RECIRC

HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SWH 10 , H11A B



174

AIR CONDITIONINGY

L− Y

Y

GR− G

G −W

G−B

B

R−L

W−L

GR−R

LG−R

LG− B

Y

L−Y

Y

GR− G

G −R

V

V−G

W− L

G R− R

LG −R

LG−B

B V

V−

G

G−

B

G−

W

G−

R

,

HEATER CONTRO L SW AND A/C SW

A B

HI

ACE B L FOO T

TEM P.

BLOW ER SW TEM PERATURE CO NTROL LEVER MO DE ELECT ON SW

B3 B2 A14 A12 A7B13 B1

H10 H11

S



175

Y

L− Y

Y

GR−G

G− R

V

V− G

W− L

GR−R

LG−R

LG −B

HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW

B11 B4 B6 B18 B17 A19A18A8

Y

Y

GR− G

G −R

V

V−G

W −R

LG

W−B

F/D

DEF

A/C SW

W−

R

LG

W−

L

GR

−R

L−

R

W−

B

LG

−R

LG

−B

RECIRC/FRESH SW

B16

ON

OF

F

ON

OF

F

ON

OF

F

RE

C

FR

C

RE

C

FR

C

W−B

M ODE ELECTION SW

USE BLOCK11

2

1

F

10

A A

. C

F

S

A BH 10 H 11



176

AIR CONDITIONINGY

Y

GR− G

G −R

V

V−G

W −R

LG

W −B

I11

ID

Y

G R−G

A

A

A 6W−B

W−

BW

−B

LG

W−

R

V−

G

VY

G−

R

A16AIR VENT M ODE CON TROL SERVO M OTOR

J 7

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

W −B

7 4 2 135

M

DEF FACEB/LFO OTF/D FACEB/LFOO TF/DDEF



177

Y

G R− G

I17

IG 21 IG 29

IG 217 IG 220 IG 211

EA 16E A 112

IH 217

E Y 12

E C IE

Y−

R

Y

GR

−G

B−

RB

L−

Y

Y−

L

W−

L

R−

G

R−

G

R−

B

GR

R−

BW

−B

W−

B

W−

B

B−

WB

−W

G−

Y

W−

B

W−

B

B−

W

L

P−

L

Y−

R

L−

R

A /C M A G NC LU TCH ATE R TEM P . S W

/C )

JU N C TIO NC O N N E C TO R

J 8

4A 1

A1

1

A

I13

I17

R−

G

R − B

IH 115

B−

RF

RO

M P

AR

K/N

EU

TR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

IG 22IG 210

G−

Y

I17

W−

L

W−

L

E A 19

A /C A M PLIF IE R

A 9

5 2 3 7 8 9 6 4

3 1

4 2

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LA

NT

TE

MP

. C

UT

RE

LA

Y

E 8

1

2

A/C

TH

ER

MIS

TO

R

4

1

A/C

DU

AL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

A 2

A

1

2

1

E TICW(A

W



178

AIR CONDITIONING

A 1 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH1-GROUND : APPROX. 3.8

A 2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW1-4 : OPEN WITH THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE AT LESS THAN APPROX. 2.1 KG/CM (30 PSI, 206 KPA)

OR MORE THAN APPROX. 27 KG/CM (38 PSI, 2684 KPA)A11 A/C THERMISTOR

2-1 : APPROX. 1.5 K 25°C (77°F)B 4 BLOWER RESISTOR

1-4 : 2.0 1-2 : 0.88 1-3 : 0.32

H10 (A), H11 (B) HEATER CONTROL SW AND A/C SW(A) 1 (A) 9-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A) 1-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT LOW POSITION(B) 9-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT MEDIUM LOW POSITION(B) 10-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT MEDIUM HIGH POSITION(B) 13-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE HEATER CONTROL SW AT HIGH POSITION(A) 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RECIRC SW AT ON POSITION(A) 19-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRESH SW AT ON POSITION(A) 14-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FACE SW AT ON POSITION(A) 12-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE B/L SW AT ON POSITION(A) 7-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FOOT SW AT ON POSITION(B) 4-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE DEF SW AT ON POSITION(B) 11-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FOOT/DEF SW AT ON POSITION(A) 1, (B) 18-GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE A/C SW AT ON POSITION(A) 8, (B) 16-GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


A 1 22 B 2 24 J 1 25

A 2 22 B 3 24 J 2 25

A 9 24 B 4 24 J 4 25

A10 24 B 5 24 J 7 25

A11 24 E 8 24 J 8 25

A14 24 F11 25 S 8 25

A15 24 H10 A 25 S 9 25

A16 24 H11 B 25 W 4 23

: RELAY BLOCKS






EY1 30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)

IG132 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

IG232 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)



: GROUND POINTS





: SPLICE POINTS


I 3 I1332 COWL WIRE

I 832 COWL WIRE

I1432 COWL WIRE

I1132 COWL WIRE

I17 32 A/C SUB WIRE

I12

SERVICE HINTS



179



180

J GROUND POINT

HE ADLIG HT LO LH

HE ADLIG HT LO RH

PA RKING L IG HT RH

FR O NT TURN SIG NALLIGHT R H

TR ANSFER NEU TRA LPO SITIO N SW

CE NTER D IFF. LOC KINDICATO R SW

CE NTER D IFF. LOC KCO N TRO L M O TO R

NO ISE FILTER(IG NITIO N SY STE M )

FR O NT D IFF. LO CKCO N TRO L M O TO R

DIFF. LO CK ECU

FR O NT W IPER M O TO R

BLO W ER RESISTOR

P ARKIN G L IG HT LH

FR O NT TU RN SIG NALLIGHT LH

E FI M AIN R ELAY

O IL LEVEL WAR NINGS W

W ATER TEM P. SW(A/C)

(E1)

DO O R KEY LO C K AN DUN LO CK SW RH

DO O R LOCK CO NTR OLS W R H

E 3 E 5

E 4

E 1

2

E A EB

EC

EC

EC1

10

IH14

E17E22 E17

E17

E17

I18

EC 1

9

CLO CK

G LOVE BO X L IGH T SW

BLO W ER SPE EDCO N TRO L RE LAY

EN GINE CO N TRO LM ODU LE

AB S EC U

A /C AM P LIFIER

A /C TH ERM IS TO R

RAD IO AN D P LAYE R

Bb 1

6

IG1

10

B 1

I15

I14

I 3

I13

I17

B 6

IG 2

9

IG 2

1

IE IE

S TER EO C OM PO NENTA M PLIFIER

E NG IN E C O NTROLM ODU LE

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W− B

W− B

W− B

BR BR

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

BR

BR

BR

W − B

W− B

W− B

W − B W −B

W− B

W− B

BR

W −B W −B

W − B W −B

W −B

W− B

W− B

W− B

G R

R − B

R − B

R −BW − B

W − B

W −B

W −B

W −B

W −B

BR

BR

W−

B

W−

B

BR

W−

BW

−B

BR

−B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

B R− B

BRBR

W −B W −B

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(COMBINATION M ETER)

C TIO NNN ECTO R

(G ND1)

(G ND2)

W−

B

Ea 1

3

FR O NT D IFF. LO CKPO SITIO N SW

I14W − B

W−

B

BK1

11

BR

DA TA LINKCO N NECTO R 3

W − B(SG )

HEATED O XYGEN S ENSOR(BANK 1 SENSOR 1)

HEATED O XYGEN S ENSOR(BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

(E1) D ATA L INKC ON NEC TO R 1

(E01)

(E02) E NG IN E C O NTROLM ODU LE

(E03)

BR

BR

B R− B

B R− B

B R− B

AU TO AN TEN NACO N TRO L SW

HA ZARD SW

RE AR WIN DO WDE FO GG ER SW

IF1

4

I14

I16

I16

W− B

W− B

W− B W −B W −B

W−

B

W−

B

I12

I12 B

1

B

2

A

2

A

1

(E1)

(E2)BR BR

BR BR

BR

SHO RT CONNECTO R (SRS)

BS 4 , S 5A

AIRBAGSENSORASSEMBLY

DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW FRONT RH

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

JUNC O

J 8

A



181

HE ATE R CO NTR O LSW AN D A /C SW

AIR V E NT M O D ECO N TR O L S ER VO M O TO R

A/C S Y STE MAM PLIFIE R

CO M B IN A TIO NM ETE R

KE Y IN TER LO CKSO LEN O ID[IG NITIO N SW ]

A/T IND ICA TO R[C O M B. M ETER ]

CO O L IN G FAN(R AD IO A ND P LA YER )

CIG A R ETTE LIG HTER

RE AR HE A TE R S W

DIM M E R S W[C O M B. S W ]

CO M B IN A TIO NM ETE R

DO O R L OC K C O N TR O LRE LAY

PO W ER W IN DO WM A STE R S W

DO O R K EY LO CK AN DUN LO C K SW LH

P O W ER RE LAY

HE A TER R ELA Y

RH E O STAT

B RA KE FLU ID LEV ELW AR N IN G SW

S EAT BE LT W AR N IN GRE LAY

FLASH R ELAY

M OO N R O O F C O NTR O LS W A ND PE R S O NA LLIGH T

V AN ITY L IG H T RH

M OO N R O O F L IM IT SW

V AN ITY L IG H T LH

CR U ISE CO NTRO LA CTUA TO R

CE N TE R D IFF. LO C KCO NTR O L RE LA Y

RE M O TE CO NTR O LM IR R O R SW

FR O NT/REA R WIPERAND WASHER S W[CO M B. SW]

LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

I11

I 7

I11

I11

W − B

I 6

B 2

B 2

B 2

B 2

I 3

B 8

B 9

B 9

B 8

1

1

BJ1

11

I 6

ID ID

I12

M OO N R O O F C O NTR O LRE LAY

IE16

I 3

W− B

W− B

W− B

W− B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W− B

W−

B

BR

W − B

W− B

W− B

W − B

BR

BR

W − B

W −B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

BR

BR

W−

B

W−

BW

−B

W−

B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − BB

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W − B

W−

B

W−

BW

−B

W−

B

W−

B

W − B

AB S R ELA Y

AB S AC TU ATO R

E23W − B

W − B

W − B

J 2

W − B

O IL P RE S SU R E SE ND E R

NO ISE FILTER(O IL PR ES SU R E S EN DE R )

E13BR

BR

E12(SH IE LD ED )

EY 1

3BRB R

CR U ISE C O N TRO L E CU

CR U ISE C O N TRO L S W[C O M B. S W ]

I 5

BR

BR BR

M OO N R O O F M O TO R

1

B 9W − B

W−

B

(E P)

(G N D)

(E)

W− B

UN LO CK W AR N IN G SW[IG NITIO N SW ]

W − B

(E S)

(ET)

(E)

(E2)

D ATA LIN KC O NN E CTO R 3

I 2

W − B

B

DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW FRONT LH

IG NITIO N KEYCY LIN D E R L IG H T

W − B

(C G )

E11

E10

EA 41

BR

BR

A

A

A

A

( SH

IEL

DE

D)

JU NC TIO NC O NN EC TO R

J 7

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

W − B

W −

A

A

A

A

A

JU NC TIO NCO NN E CTO R

W−

B

W −



182

J GROUND POINT

A A

A

A

A AA A

A AA A A A

A

A

A AA A

A AA A A A

A

A

A AA A

A AA A21

2 1

YELLOWA YELLOWS 5 5

BG

17 BQ1B 1

BV1

1

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH

REAR DIFF. LOCKPOSITION SW

(W/ POWER SEAT) 3

(W/O POWER SEAT) 3 B 1

B 1

W−B W−B

W−B

W−B W−B

W−B

W−B

W−B W−B

W−BW−B

W−B

W−B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

BW

−B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

B

W−

BW

−B

W−

B

W−

BW−B

W−B

W−B W−B

W−B

W−B

W−B

W−B

W−B

W−B

W−B W−B

W−B

W−B

W−B

REAR WIN D OWDEFO G G ER (− )

REAR WIPE R M O TO R

BACK D O O RCOU R TE SY SW

FUEL SE ND ER

SHIFT LO C K ECU

PO WE R SE AT CO N TRO LSW (D R IV ER’ S S EAT)

ABS DE CELER ATIONSENS O R

FUEL PU M P

BUCK LE SW LH

HIGH M O U NTE D S TO PLIGH T

W O O FE R AM P LIFIER

REA R HE ATER RE LAY

O/D M AIN SW

REA R DIFF. LO CKCO N TRO L M OTO R

REA R CO M B IN ATIO NLIGHT LH

LICENSE PLATELIGHT

B X1

1

B O1

5

B O1

4

B28

B35

BT2

2

B27 B19

BS21

B R14

B M 13

BF

B31

B31

Bh2

B20

B17

B16

POWER SEAT CONTROL

B13

B13

B13

SW (PASSENGER’S SEAT)

(−S)

(E)

S 4J 8 BLUEJ 7 BLUEJ 2 BLUE

(HINT: SEE PAGE 7) (HINT: SEE PAGE 7) (HINT: SEE PAGE 7)

BL1

3

6



183

: PARTS LOCATION


J 2 25 J 8 25 S 5 B 25J 7 25 S 4 A 25

: RELAY BLOCKS


1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)2 18 R/B NO. 2 (FRONT SIDE OF THE FENDER)



EA4 30 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)EC1 30 ENGINE WIRE AND TRANSMISSION WIRE (NEAR THE STARTER)EY1 30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE AIR CLEANER)Ea1 30 TRANSMISSION WIRE AND SPEED SENSOR WIRE (NEAR THE TRANSMISSION)IE1 32 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)IG1

32 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)IG2 32 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)

IH1 32 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)BJ1 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)BK1 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)BM1 34 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE)BO1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (BESIDE THE FUEL TANK)BQ1 34 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)BR1 34 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)BS2 34 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT REAR SIDE OF ROOF)BT2 36 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)BV1 36 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE (UNDER THE LOWER BACK PANEL)BX1 36 REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR RIGHT)Bb1 36 COWL WIRE AND FRAME WIRE (RIGHT FENDER)Bc1 38 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)Bh2 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FRAME NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER PANEL INNER)Bj1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS


EA 30 FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDEREB 30 FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDEREC 30 AIR INTAKE CHAMBERID 32 LEFT KICK PANELIE 32 RIGHT KICK PANELBF 34 UNDER THE CENTER CONSOLE BOXBG 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS


E 1 I1432 COWL WIREE 3 I15 32 COWL WIRE

E 430 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

I16 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIREE 5 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I17 32 A/C SUB WIREE10 I18 32 ENGINE WIREE11 B 1 36 FRAME WIREE12

30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIREB 2 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE

E13 30 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WIRE B 6 36 FRONT DOOR RH WIREE17 30 ENGINE WIRE B 8

36 ROOF WIREE22 30 TRANSMISSION WIRE B 9 36 ROOF WIRE

E23 30 B13I 2 B16 36 FLOOR WIREI 3 B17

36 FLOOR WIRE

I 5 B1936 FLOOR NO 2 WIREI 6

32COWL WIRE B20 36 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I 7 32COWL WIRE

B27 36 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIREI11 B28 36 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIREI12 B31 36 FLOOR NO. 3 WIREI13 B35 38 SEAT NO. 1 WIRE



184

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM



185

KBrought to you by BirfMark


186

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMBrought to you by BirfMark


K

2

1 2 3 4

1 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

14 IH2 13 IH2

4 1 2 1 2 43

3 5

To Engine Control M

odule<

2-5>B

-Y

B

B-G

W R LG

B-Y

B-G

EX IGF IGT

B C

NE G1 G-G2

2

1

4 IH1

EC Air intake chamber

1 B1A W

-BW

-B

S 1 B , S 2 A

STARTER

2

2 15 IH1

1 B1 A

4

3

B

B- R

B-R

B-R

B-LW

B-R

5

2

2

1 6

50AAM1

21 IH1

B-W

B-R

B-W EA28

3 EA26 EA2

1 2

B-W

B-RB

W-R

I 3IGNITION COIL

1 EA2

11

ACC

IG2

IG1

ST1

AM2

1

4 AM1

I12IGNITION SW

B

B- R B- R

P

N

P 1PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW

I 2IGNITER

D 2DISTRIBUTOR

BATTERY

, F 8C

, F 7B

F 6A

FUS

IBLE

LINK

Power Source Starting Ignition

To Engine

Control

Module

<2-8>

To A/C

Am

plifier<

23-8>

B- R

2

2

4 EA1

5 EA1

Y-L

B-L

, G 2 BG 1 A

GENERATOR

Y-L B W

B-R

B- R

7. 5A IG

N

13 C

7 B

2

1

7. 5ACHARGE

2

Y-L

B-L

B- L

, C13 CC11 B

CHARGE WARNINGLIGHT[COMB. METER]

W

B

1 C

FL AM

1 1. 25B

FL MA

IN 2. 0L

FL AM2 0. 3P

Charging

1 A

L 2A

3A

1B

IG

S

B

B

W-R

6

B-R

B-R

To Com

binationM

eter<22-6>

To Engine Control

Module<

2-5><

2-6>

1

F11FUSEBLOCK

13987654321 101112

1611109854321 1213146 7 15

CC13

BC11 BLUE

CHARGE WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

1 2 3

1

1

1

1

1

AG 1 GRAY

BG 2

AS 2BS 1 BLACK

C, F 8

BF 7 GRAY

AF 6

GENERATOR

STARTER

FUSIBLE LINK

B-L

N 1NOISE FILTER(Ignition System)

B-WB- W

To EngineC

ontrol Module

<2-8>



K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4

2 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON (Cont. next page)

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

AM1 2

11 AM2

3 EA3 6 EA2 3 EA2

2 2

2 2

2

2

1 EB1

3

1

4

2

2 2

2 2

14 IH1

3

1

4

2

50A AM

1

15A EFI

5A

6B

1 B1 A1 C

EB

1

2

BF

13 ID2

3 BO1

5 BO1

6

3

M

Front side ofleft fender

Under the centerconsole box

IH117

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

ID IELeftkickpanel

Rightkickpanel

Y- R

R- Y

Y- R

B- L

Y

R

R- W

W- R

Y- R

Y- L

Y- R

Y

W- G

W- R

W- L

W

B- R B- R B- R B- R

R- B

R- W

B- Y

R- Y

B- R

W

R- Y

Y Y

Y

R- W

W- R

Y- R

R

W-B

W-B

W

W-B

W-B

W-B

Y

W-G

W-R

W-L

R-B

R-G

R-G

W-B

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

B-R

R-Y

R-Y

B-R

R-W

BR

Y-R

R

W-R

WW

B-L

W

W

B

W-R

BW R-Y

BR

B-R

Y-R

B- R

B- R

B- L

B- L

R- B

W

Y-R

2 3 1

4 5 2

AA

232

11

AA

16

5

3

22

1 1 1

A

4

A

CG SG SDL

6 B- R

R-G

Y-L

Y- R

I12IGNITION SW

F 4FUEL PUMPRELAY

C 8CIRCUITOPENINGRELAY

EFI M

AIN

RE

LAY

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

F11FUSEBLOCK

7. 5A IG

N

10A GAU

GE

15A O

BD

FL MA

IN 2. 0L

FL AM1 1. 25B

FL AM

2 0. 3P

FUSIBLE LIN

K

F 6A

, F 7B

, F 8C

F 5FUEL PUMPRESISTOR

BATTERY

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP[COMB. METER]

C10 A , C11 B

BAT

D 3DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3

J 2JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 8JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

I 4INJE

CTO

R N

O. 1

I 5INJE

CTO

R N

O. 2

I 6INJE

CTO

R N

O. 3

I 7INJE

CTO

R N

O. 4

I 8INJE

CTO

R N

O. 5

I 9INJE

CTO

R N

O. 6

1

1

C, F 8

BF 7 GRAY

AF 6

FUSIBLE LINK

10987654321 13987654321 10 1112

AC10 GRAY BC11 BLUEMALFUNCTIONINDICATOR LAMP[COMB. METER]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 1718 1920 2122 23 24 25 26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 101112 13 1415 16

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 101112

AE 4 DARK GRAY CE 5 DARK GRAY BE 6 DARK GRAY

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

Power Source Engine Control

R- W

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 151617 18 19 20 21 22

DE 7 DARK GRAY


EA22

7 EA2

F18FU

EL PU

MP

[FUE

L SE

ND

ER]

Y- L

EC Air intakechamber

8 IH2

BR

BR

(SH

IELD

ED)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

W-B

W- B



K

5 6 7 8

2 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON(Cont’ d)

3 D 12 D 1 D 4 D 2 D 17 A 23 A 12 B 11 B 10 B 6 B 5 B 6 C 14 C 22 A 21 A

14 A 13 D 15 A 1 A 2 A 25 A 11 A 12 A 6 D 3 C 16 C 2 C 9 C 19 A 4 C 12 C 11 C 10 C 1 C 16 A 26 A 13 A 24 A 7 C

4 EZ1 3 EZ1

2 EZ1 1 EZ1

2

1

1

2

1

1

1

2

1 2

2 1

EC

14 D 9 D 7 D 8 D 10 D 5 D 11 D 22 D

4 A 6 A 5 A 7 A 7 B 13 C 1 B 5 C

Air intake chamber

Y R

R-Y

Y-R

B-L

YR

R-WW-RY-R

Y-LY-RY

W-GW-RW-LW

BR-B BR-B

BR-B

BR-B

G-Y

R-W

L

W-B

Y R Y-R Y-R Y-R Y-R

BR-BBR-B

Y-RY-R

BR-B

BR-B

W-B

Y-RY

Y B-L

Y-R

R-Y

GRWB-G

B-Y

LL

BR B

L-W LR

L-W

Y B

Y B

Y-R

YR

Y-RY-R

Y-R

Y-R

Y-R

LGRWOR-G

G-Y

R-B

Y-L

B-W

B-R

Y-LBL-W

B-W

B-L

G-W

BR-BG-O

BR-BBR-B

BR-BBR-B

BRBR

BR

BRBR

R-WBR-B

G-W

G-B

R-G

R-W

G-Y

BR-BBR-B

BR-B

GBRL-YWW-L

W-R

W-GYY-R

Y-L

W-B W-B

A A A A A A

2 1

4

3 1 6 431 1 3

1 2 3 4

2531

8 12

424252

A

FC FPR #60 #50 #40 #30 #20 #10 SDL

E2

THA E21 VG E2 THG THW

NENE-

OIL IDL VTA VCC E03 E02 E01 E1 TE1 STP L4 AC SPD TACO OILW STA NSW

HT2 OX2 HT OX

NE2

MRLY +B IGSW W BATT IGF IGT NE G1 G2 G- NE2+ KNK1 KNK2 EGR FPU

TE1THA E21 VG

3(SHIELDED )(SHIELDED )

(SHIELDED )

(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED )

(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)

+B


C 3CRANKSHAFTPOSITIONSENSOR

K 1KNOCK SENSOR 1

K 2KNOCKSENSOR 2

M 1MASS AIR FLOWMETER

V 3VSV (EGR )

V 4VSV (Fuel Pressure Control )

From Igniter<1-2> From

Distributor<1-2><1-3>

E 1EGR GAS TEMP SENSOR

E 3ENGINE COOLANTTEMP. SENSOR

T 1THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR

A 3A/T FLUID TEMP. SENSOR

E2 IDL VTA VC

+B E1 +B E1

ISC4 ISC2 ISC3 ISC1 HT2 OX2 HT1 OX1

+B

E 4 A , E 5 C , E 7 DB, E 6 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

H 5HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(Bank 1 Sensor 1 )

I 1IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE

H 6HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(Bank 1 Sensor 2 )

(SHIELDED )

(SHIELDED )

From Stop Light SW<17-3>

From Transfer L4Position SW<20-3>

To Speedometer[Comb. Meter]<22-5>

From Park/NeutralPosition SW<1-1>

From Ignition SW<1-1>

To CombinationMeter<22-6>

Engine Control


G-W

G-WFrom Cruise ControlECU<11-2>

3E1

4 BNE2-

L

22 IH1

From Engine CoolantTemp. Cut Relay<23-8>

AB

C

D

EF

GHI

JKLMNOP



K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4

3 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON

B

6 EA2

2

2

2

2

FL MA

IN 2. 0L

BATTERY

FUSIBLELINK

2

3

1

4

B-L

W

PowerSource

50AAM1

W

Headlight

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

I12IGNITION SW

FL AM

1 1. 25B

1 B 1 A

15 ID2 12 ID2

ID BF

11 ID2

7

8

Left kickpanel


ID

4

3

2

1

2 2

2 2 2 2 2

EB EA

11 EA1

2

1

3 EA3

4 EA2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

15AHEAD(LH)

15AHEAD(RH)

Left kickpanel

Front sideof leftfender

Front sideof rightfender

5

6

Shift Lock Light AutoTurn Off

5 8 2

11 9 12

54

A

3 2 2

2 14

761613

A

B A

1 1 1

A

1 1

AB

3 2

3

B- W

B- R

W WW

R- Y

W- B

R- Y R- Y

W- B

R- W

L- R

B- Y

BW

GR

B-W

B-W

GR

B-W

GR

G-W

G-B

G-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

B-W

B-R

R-B

R B-L

W-B

W-B

R-Y R

-Y

R-YR

-Y

W-B

W-BR

-W

R-Y

W-B

R-Y

R-W

R-W

R-W

R-L

R-L

R-W

R-W

R-W R

-L

R-W

R-W

W

EKLS+

DCTY TRLY T

L

L- R

G

G- W

G- R

L- R

IG ACC STPSHIFT LOCKCONTROL SW

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

S14SHIFT LOCK ECU

F 6 A , F 8 B

I12KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID[IGNITION SW]


J 3JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

From S

topLight S

W<17-3

15A E

CU

-IG

15A C

IG

10A ECU

-B


F11FUSEBLOCK

IG B

L 1LIGHT RETAINERRELAY

To Door C

ourtesy SW

Front LH<

6-3>

From TAIL R

elay<

4-2>

R-L

H

3

B-O

13

HRLY

HE

AD

RE

LAY

H 2

HEA

DLIG

HT H

I RH

H 4

HE

AD

LIGH

T LO R

H

H 1

HEA

DLIG

HT H

I LH

H 3

HE

AD

LIGH

T LO LH

D 7

DIO

DE

(Headlight )

W-B

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

DIM

ME

R SW

LIGH

TC

ON

TRO

L SW

C14COMBINATION SW


C13

HIG

H BE

AM IN

DIC

ATO

R LIG

HT

[CO

MB

. METER

]

1

AF 6 B, F 8

FUSIBLE LINK

EA25

W

P1

P2

P

SLS+

SLS-

A

3

1

2

1 2



K

1 2 3 4


3 B 4 B 1 B 2 B

2 A 1 A

3 A 4 A 1 A 2 A

1 B2 B

2 2 2

3A

5 2 1 4 3 6

9 10 8 7 11 5

1 1 1

A

2

11 IH1 12 IH1

E1 P+ P- D+ D- E2

ABIG2 ACC LA TC TC

B-W

GR

W-L

B-L

B-Y

W-L

B- Y

W- L

1 2

1 2

W B

BR

B-R

W-R

BR

W-L

W-L

GR

B-L

ID

W-B

W-B

Left kickpanel

S 4 A , S 5 B

SHORT CONNECTOR(SRS)

BR

A18AIRBAG SQUIB(Front Passenger’ s Airbag Assembly)

A19AIRBAG SQUIB(Steering Wheel Pad)

A17AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY


J 3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR[

C10SRS WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

B-R

GR

S 6

A, S

7B

S 4

A, S

5B

SH

OR

T CO

NN

EC

TOR

(SR

S)

SH

OR

T CO

NN

EC

TOR

(SR

S)

F11FUSE BLOCK

10A EC

U-B

15A C

IG

7. 5A IG

N

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

AM1

3

611 AM2

B-R

L-R

W

L- R

B- R

6 EA23 EA3 3 EA2

2

2

2

2

50A AM

1

4

1

3

2

W-R

BW

BW

W-R

W

1 A 1 B1 C

B-L

FL AM

2 0. 3P

FL AM

1 1. 25B

FL MA

IN 2. 0L

BATTERY

F 6 A

, F 8 C

, F 8 C

FUSIBLE LINK

Power Source SRS

F11FUSE BLOCKTAIL

RELAY

15A TA

IL

1

2

3

1

1 1

1

2

R

R

3

2

3

2

5

3

5

3

10 EA1 7 ID2

4 BQ1

3 BV1

1 BV1

BGEB EA

1

2

W-B

W-B

W-B

G G G

G

G

To Light RetainerRelay<3- 3>

W-B

W-B

W- B

G

G

GG

G


Front side ofright fender

Lower back panel center

G

W

G

B

BBJ 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

To Tra ler Socket(Tail and Stop Light)<9- 8>

W-B

R 8

TAILLIGH

T LH[R

EA

R C

OM

B. LIG

HT LH

]

R 9

TAILLIG

HT R

H[R

EAR

CO

MB

. LIGH

T RH

]

L 2LIC

ENS

E PLA

TE LIGH

T

P 2

PA

RK

ING

LIGH

T LH

P 3

PAR

KING

LIGH

T RH

Taillight

G

I12IGNITION SW

11

1234

1 2 3 4

12

1 2

AS 4 YELLOW BS 5 YELLOW

AS 6 YELLOW BS 7 YELLOW

BF 7 GRAY

SHORT CONNECTOR(SRS)

FUSIBLE LINK

F 6 A , F 7 B

SPIRALCABLE

IERight kickpanel

BR

BR

W- B



K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4


1

1 1

3 EA3

1

FL MAIN

2. 0L

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LIGH

TC

ON

TRO

LSW

F 8FU

SIBLE

LINK

BA

TTER

Y

C14

CO

MB

INA

TION

SW

2

11

A

A

4

1

3

2

1

6

2

1

2

1

3

13

6

3

2

1

2 D

18

1

B

B B B

322

2

1 D5 B

A A A A

A

ID

2 B10 A

6 A

1 IF1

L 1LIG

HT R

ETAIN

ERR

ELA

Y

R 7

RH

EO

STAT

W-G

W-G

G

C11

B, C

13C

CO

MB

INA

TION

ME

TER

R 1

A, R

3B

RA

DIO

AN

D P

LAY

ER

R 5

REA

R W

IND

OW

DE

FOG

GER

SW

H 9

HA

ZARD

SW

A21

AU

TO A

NTE

NN

A C

ON

TRO

L SW

A20

AS

HTR

AY ILLU

MIN

ATIO

N

C 7

CIG

ALETTE

LIGH

TERILLU

MIN

ATIO

N

H10

HE

ATER

CO

NTR

OL S

W AN

DA

/C SW

S11

A, S12

B

STE

RE

O C

OM

PO

NE

NT

AM

PLIFIER

R 2

RA

DIO

AN

D P

LAYE

R 9

2

R 4

RE

AR

HE

ATER

SW

G 3

GLO

VE

BO

X LIG

HT

2

1

A A A

A

A

A A A A

A

IE

A

W-G

W-G

W-B

B-L

WW

R

R

G G

G G

G

G

G G

GG GW

-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-G

W-B

W-G

W-G

W-B

W

G

G-W

G G G

W-B

W- B

G

W-B

PowerSource Illumination

15A TA

IL

F11FUSE BLOCKTAIL

RELAY

G

G



Left kick panel

J 1JUNCTION CONNECTOR

(*1 )(*1 )


G 4

GLO

VE BO

X LIGH

T SW

J 8JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR


Right kick panel

*2 : Bui t−In Type Amplifier*1 : Separate Type Ampl f er

E L

T

(*2 )(*2 )

(*1 )

13987654321 1011 12 1611109854321 1213146 7 15

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2

3 4 5 6

543216 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

AR 1 GRAY BR 3 GRAY AS11 BS12

BC11 BLUE CC13

COMBINATION METER

RADIO AND PLAYER STEREO COMPORNENT AMPLIFIER

4

1

3

1

15 ID1

8 ID2

B

A

E 9

ELE

CTR

ON

ICALLY

CO

NTR

OLLE

DTR

ANS

MIS

SION

PA

TTERN

SE

LEC

T SW

W-G

W-G

W-B

GG

G

GW

-G

O 4

A/T SH

IFT LEVE

R ILLU

MIN

ATIO

N[O

/D M

AIN

SW

]

, C12

D

(*3 )

(*4 )

12 B

C2

AA

*3 : A/T Indicator Illumnation*4 : Meter Illuminat on

W-B

W- B

13987654321 1011 12

DC12 BROWN

1 3

2

W-B

IF114

G

A



K

1 2 3 4


2

2

F 6FUSIBLE LINK

BATTERY

4

2

FL AM

1 1. 25B

B-L

W

2

2

2 IE1

1

2

1

2

1

2

DO

OR

OFF

ON

BL11

1516

2 BL1

3 IE14 IE1

2

1

3 II2

1

6 IE1

IE

R-BR- B

M 3

PE

RS

ON

AL LIG

HT

[MO

ON

RO

OF C

ON

TRO

L SW]

V 6

VA

NITY

LIGH

T LH

V 7

VAN

ITY LIG

HT R

H

R16

RE

AR

INTER

IOR

LIGH

T

F16 (*1 )F17 (*2 )FR

ON

T INTE

RIO

R LIG

HT

1

2

1

2

1 BP2 13 BK1

2 BP2 14 BK1

9 II2

1D

19D

OO

R C

OU

RTE

SYSW

RE

AR

RH

D15

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

LIGH

T RE

AR

RH

D13

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YLIG

HT FR

ON

T RH1

2

1 BJ2

4 BJ2

D12

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

LIGH

T FRO

NT LH

L-Y

L-Y

L-YR

-L

R-L

R-L

R-L

R-L

R-Y

R-L

R-L

R-Y

R-L

B-WR

-L

W-B

R-Y

R-L

W-B

L-Y

L-Y

L-Y

L-Y

R-L

4 II2

1

2

1 BN2

2 BN2

1 ID2

1

D18

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

SW R

EA

R LH

D14

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

LIGH

T RE

AR

LHL-Y

R-L

R-Y

R-Y

R-Y

R-Y

BR18

ID24

OFF

DO

OR

ON

1

2

2 BS2

1 BT2

1

2

2 BT2

BF

1 BS2

1 2

3 ID2

1

R-GR- GFrom Door Lock

Control Relay<14- 3>

D 8DIODE(Interior Light)

D 9DIODE(Interior Light)

D16DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT LH

D17DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT RH

B 6

BA

CK

DO

OR

CO

UR

TESY

SW

D10DIODE(Interior Light)

C13OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

I11IGNITION KEY CYLINDERLIGHT RELAY

2

1

ID

I10IG

NITIO

N KE

YC

YLIN

DER

LIGH

T


Left kickpanel

Right kick panel

A

A

21

1

3

1

14 3

A

A

1

3

L-YL-Y

L-YW

-BW

-BW

-B

W-B

R-W

R-W

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

R-B

R-B

L-Y

L-Y

L-Y

L-Y

L-Y

L-Y

R-G

W- B

L- Y L- Y L- Y L- Y

B

R- Y

R- L R- L R- L R- B

R-B

W-B

R- Y R- Y

R- Y R- W

R- Y

R- LR- WL- Y

L- Y

L- Y

L- Y

L- YL- YL- Y

L- Y

10ADOME

B B

B

B

B

B

(*1)

(*1 )

(*1)

(*2)

R- L

(*1 )(*1 )

(*2 )



*2 : w/o Moon Roof*1 : w/ Moon Roof

PowerSource Interior Light


B

DCTY LP

3 EA1

L- Y

W-B

(*1)

4 BR1

Left kick panelID

W-B

W-B

4

From Door Lock ControlRelay <14-3>From Seat Belt WarningRelay <17-2>From Light RetainerRelay <3-3>



K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4


B

6 EA2

2

2

2

2

FL AM

1 1. 25B

BATTERY

F 6FUSIBLELINK

2

3

1

1

4

B-L

W

Power Source

2

50AAM1

2

W

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

8 IF1

2

2

15AHAZ- HORN

IF118

EA12

7 IF1 16 IF1 17 IF1 6 IF1

1

1 1

IDBG EAEB

21 ID220 ID2 8 EA17 EA1

10 BQ19 BQ1

2

1

2

12 A 1 A

2 B 1 B

Left kickpanel


Lower backpanel center

Front side ofright fender

3

22

7 9 5 6 5 1 8

A

1

A

5 5

810

11

98

AA

2 1

22

B- YB

W

G- OG- O

G- Y

G

G- B

G- Y

G- B

G- R

G

G-W

G-W

G-O

G-Y

GG-B

G-B

W-B

W-B

G-Y

G-Y

G-B

G-B

G-Y

G

G-B

G-Y

G-Y

G-B

G-B

G-Y

G-B

G-Y

W-B

W-B

W-BW

-BW

-B

G-R

G G-B

G-Y

E

B L

HAZARDOFF

ONTURN

RH

LH

I12IGNITION SW

H 9HAZARD SW

C14TURN SIGNAL SW[COMB. SW]

F11FUSEBLOCK

FLASHRELAY

7. 5A TU

RN

F 1FR

ON

T TUR

N S

IGN

AL

LIGH

T LH

F 2FR

ON

T TUR

N S

IGN

AL

LIGH

T RH


TRAILER SOCKET(Turn Signal Light)

T 5 A , T 6 B

W-B

LH RH

C11TURN SIGNALINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

1

2

1

2

AT 5 BLACK BT 6 BLACK

TRAILER SOCKET(Turn Signal Light)


R 8REAR TURNSIGNALLIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

R 9REAR TURNSIGNALLIGHT RH[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

G-Y

Rightkickpanel

IE ID Left kickpanel

W-B



K

1 2 3 4


4 EA4

1

2

M

5 EA4

IEID Right kickpanel

Left kickpanel

16 13 7 18 4 8

2

1A

A

2 3 6 5

A A

1

LGL

L-R

L-Y

W-B

L

+2 +1 +B +S

W-B

W-B

W- B

F 3FR

ON

T WIP

ER

MO

TOR

L- W

L



L-BL-B

L-BL L

L

L- B

OFF

INT

LO

HI

+B +2 +1 +S B1

OFF

ON

EW W

INT1 INT2

20A WPER

2

1

L

D 6DIODE(Front Washer)

W 2WASHERMOTOR

C15FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2 B- Y

6 EA2

2

2

2

2

4

1

3

2

I12IGNITION SW

WB

50A AM

1

B

FL AM

1 1. 25B

1

F 6FUSIBLE LINK

BATTERY

B-L

Front Wiper and WasherPowerSource

6 ID1 12 ID1

2 BR1 5 BR1

5 BS1 4 BS1

5 BT1 6 BT1

2 ID1

6 BS1

4 BT1

1 BR2

2 10 1 16

1

1

1

4 6

2

2

L-B

LG

W-B

L-O

L-B

LG

L-B

LG

L-B

L-G

L-B

L-G

L L

L- B

LL

LL

L

L

L

L- B L- O

C15REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB SW]

WASHER2

OFF

INT

ON

WASHER1

WR CIR +1R EW

D11DIODE(Rear Washer)

W 1WASHER CHANGEVALVE

C1+B

LS

A

A

L

3 1 4

2 3

L- W

L- R


R20REAR WIPER RELAY

R19REAR WIPERMOTOR

W-B2

BT22

BS21

BR14

W- B W- B W- B

W-B

BF IDUnder the centerconsole box

Left kick panel

+S LM

L- O

+1 +B S

E

Rear Wiper and Washer

WIPER SW

WASHER SW

INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY

EW +2 +1 +B +S W

M

M

F11FUSE BLOCK

E



K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4


4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

AM1 2

1

611 AM2

1

3

4

2

5 EC2 4 EC2 1 EC2 2 EC2 3 EC2

22 2 2

2

2

222 2

6 EA2 3 EA2

22 D 1 D

2 B 8 B 10 A 9 A 8 A 18 D 14 D

2

1

1 2 3

EB

2 5

3 6

ID36

ID216

IH211

ID31

ID215

9 D 19 A 4 C 12 C 9 C 11 C 1 C10 C 8 D 16 A 26 A 13 A 24 A 19 D 18 A 21 D

3 A 20 D 17 D 16 D 15 D

B

A

B

22 ID2

4

2

BFEC

OD1 STP L4 THG THW OIL E2 IDL VTA VCC SPD EO3 EO2 EO1 E1 OD2 HI TFN

See Engine Control System<2- 6><2- 7>

B

A

B

A

332

1 1 1

EB11

12 D

Y- R Y- R Y

1 A 1 B 1 C

3 D

W- R

B B- Y

B- W

B- R

R

R- Y

BR O

P- BP- BB- W

WY

B- W

Y

Y

B- R

B- Y

B-L

W-R

WWB

VBR

V-G R R-Y

R-L

R-LR

-Y

R

V-GV

R

G-O

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

-B

P-L

W-B

P-L

P-B

P-B

Y

R- B

O

G- W

P- B

Y

Y

Y- G

R- W

P- B

O

Y

B-W

B-L

B-W

G-W O R-B

EFI MAIN RELAY

15A E

FI

50A A

M1

1 1

4

2 2

3

I12IGNITION SW

B-Y

B-Y

7. 5A IG

N

15A ECU

-IG

10A G

AU

GE

F 6A

, F 8C

E 4 A , E 7 D


C, E 5 B, E 6

F11FUSE BLOCK


E 9ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION PATTERNSELECT SW

J 1JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

J 6JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

O 4O/D MAIN SW

To Cruise C

ontrolEC

U<

11-2>

See Engine Control

System<

2-7>

See Engine Control

System<

2-8>

See Engine Control

System<

2-8>

P-L

P- L

IGSWNSWMRLY+B

SLS2S1SP2-SP2+

V 2

VEH

ICLE S

PE

ED SE

NSO

R(Electronically C

ontrolled Transmission )

E 2

ELE

CTR

ON

ICA

LLY C

ON

TRO

LLED

TRAN

SM

ISSIO

N SO

LENO

ID

B, F 7

FUS

IBLE

LINK

FL MA

IN 2. 0L

FL AM

1 1. 25B

FL AM2 0. 3P

BATTERY


NO

. 1

NO

. 2

NO

. 3


Air intakechamber

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16171819 20212223 24 25 26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 101112 1314 1516

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 101112

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

AE 4 DARK GRAY CE 5 DARK GRAY BE 6 DARK GRAY DE 7 DARK GRAY


PowerSource Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator

(Cont. next page )

2nd

PWR

R-Y

R-Y

FromC

ruiseC

ontrolEC

U<

11-2>

HOLD PWR L 2 R

11

AF 6 BF 7 GRAYC, F 8

FUSIBLE LINK

7 EA2

IH122

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I



K

5 6 7 8


Y

Y

P- B

G- W

O

R- B

Y- G

R- W

P- L

IH212

8 C 9 D 13 D 3 D 4 D 5 D

7 C 12 D 8 D

7 8 10 9 2 3

4

P R N D 2 L

6 IH2 7 IH1 5 IH2 4 IH2 3 IH2 2 IH2

19 ID2

14 BQ1

3

1 1

55

6 D

7 D 10 D 11 D

ID BG

A/T P

2nd STRT

O/D

OFF

PW

R

P R N D 2 L

A

A

R- L

R- B

O

G- W

R- B

R- B

Y- L

R- W

P- LR

-L

R-B

R-W

B-O O

G-W

P-BYR-L

G-WOB-O

R-W

R-B

R-L

R-B

R-B

R-B R

-BW

-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

Y

B

P 1A/T INDICATOR SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

R-L

R-B

R-W

B-O

G-R

O

Left kick panel


C12 D , C13 C

COMBINATION METER

R- B

T 4TRAILER SOCKET(Tail and Stop Light)

Lower back panel center

R 8

BA

CK

-UP

LIGH

T LH[R

EA

R C

OM

B. LIG

HT LH

]

R 9

BA

CK

-UP

LIGH

T RH

[RE

AR C

OM

B LIG

HT R

H]

13987654321 10 1112 1611109854321 1213146 7 15

DC12 BROWN CC13

COMBINATION METER

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator Back−Up Light

IH16

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 1G-W G

From Stop Light

SW

<17-3>

From ”

TAIL”

Fuse<

4-3>

2 1

D28DIODE(Neutral Detection)

B-O

B- O

To Cruise C

ontorol EC

U<

11-2>



K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4

1 A 2 B 4 B

23 B 24 B 11 B 1 B 13 B 26 B 18 B 6 B 15 A 5 B 13 A

2 A 4 A 3 A 1 B 5 B

4 A 1 B 4 B 3 B 2 B 5 B 3 A 1 A

2 B 15 B 9 B 22 B 10 B 16 B 3 B 1 A 9 A 7 A

6B

2 EA3 1 EA3IH120

IEID

2 Bd1 4 Bd1 1 Bd1 3 Bd1

2 11 2

GND1 GND2 FL+ FL- FSS FR+ RR+

WMR R- SR SFR SFL SRR AST

BR

BR

BR

V P B Y

W B W BBR

W-B

Right kickpanel

A23ABS SPEED SENSORFRONT LH

A24ABS SPEED SENSORFRONT RH

M

B-W

B-W

G-B

LG-Y

G

LG

L-R

L-Y

L-WB- L

B- R

W- B

16 A 8 A

2 ID3 3 ID3 11 ID3 4 ID3 5 ID3

5 BQ2 4 BQ2 6 BQ2 2 BQ2 1 BQ2

4 Bh1 3 Bh1 5 Bh1 2 Bh1 1 Bh1

1 Bf1 2 Bf1 1 Bg1 2 Bg1

1 12 2

W R

BR

-B G L

W R G L

W R

GR

G L

W R

W-B

Y-G L

B W B W

A25ABS SPEED SENSORREAR LH

A26ABS SPEED SENSORREAR RH

FR- RL- RL+ RSS RR-

MT TS TC

16 11 22

BS SFR SFL SRR AST MT BM GND

TS TC WA

23

WB

13 IH1 11 IH1 23 IH1

GR

-R

B-Y

OO

O

B-Y

GR

-R

R- L R- L


A 4 A , A 5 BA 6 A , A 7 B

ABS ACTUATORABS RELAY

+BS W

BM MR R- SR BS

GND +BM

25 B 12 B 12 A 3 A 10 A

12 ID313 ID314 ID3

ID215

Left kickpanel

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

6 EA2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1 A1 B

3 EA3

50A AM1

60A A

BS

B- W

B- Y

W

W-B

WW

B-L

W

BB B

-W

B- W

W

W

I12IGNITION SW

4

1 1

2 2

3

FL MA

IN 2. 0L

FL AM

1 1 25B

FUS

IBLE LIN

K

F 6A

, F 8B

14 A6 A19 B

GS1 GS2 GST GND

PKBSTPEXI

B- W

B- Y

O

YY

B-Y

B-W

B-W

B-R Y Y-B

Y-R

Y Y-B

Y-R

W-B

P-B

G-W

R-B

3 2 1 6

4

A B

3 2 3

A B

5

4

111

B-W

B

15A E

CU

-IG

10A EC

U-B

10A G

AUG

E

BAT +B GS1 GS2 GST

IGC

10AB

S W

ARN

ING

LIGH

T[C

OM

B. M

ETER

]

A22ABSDECELERATIONSENSOR

J 1JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

F11FUSEBLOCK

To Center D

iff. LockIndicator S

W<

20-1>

From S

top Light SW<

17-3>

To Parking Brake S

W and

Brake Fluid Level W

arningS

W<

22-6>


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 161718 19202122 23 24 25 26

A12 A , A13 B

ABS ECU

BA13 DARK GRAY

ABS ECU

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 101112 13 141516

AA12 DARK GRAY

ABS ECU

21

3 41 2 3

4 5 6

AA 4 BLACK BA 5 GRAY

ABS ACTUATOR

PowerSource ABS

BATTE

RY

(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

W

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

BF

1

4 5

2 3

6

BA 7 GRAY

ABS RELAY

1 2

3 4

AA 6 GRAY

1

AF 6 B, F 8

FUSIBLE LINK

(*1 )




K

1 2 3 4


4

3

15 53 2 1 7 6 5

5

A

B

1 1 1

1319 18 25 24 23 11 12 10

233

9

11B

14 8 1622 21 72 15 20

GNDCMS CCS VR3 VR2 VR1 MC MO L

TC

20

4

ID

R

LL-RY

Y-G

Y-L

B-G

Y-R

BR

R-G

RE

SU

ME

/A

CC

ELB

RBR

C15CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

C 4CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR

C17CRUISE CONTROL ECU

S13CRUISE CONTROLSTOP SW[STOP LIGHT SW]

Left kick panel

A

11 IH1

B-Y

B-W

B-Y

G-Y

G-W

R-Y

G-W

B-O

B-R

L-W

YY

B-W

J 6JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

F11FUSE BLOCK

SPDB Tc STP-ECT IDL PiD BATT


To Electronically

Controlled

Transmission

Solenoid<

9-2>

D 1

DA

TA LINK

CO

NN

EC

TOR

1

10A E

CU

-B

10A G

AU

GE

15A EC

U-IG

C10

CR

UIS

E CO

NTR

OL

IND

ICA

TOR

LIGH

T[C

OM

B M

ETER

]

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

I12IGNITION SW

6 EA2

2

2

2

2

3 EA3

1 B 1 A

B- Y

B- Y

W

BW

B-L

W

B

B-Y

W1

4

3

2

50A AM

1

FL AM1 1. 25B

FL MAIN

2. 0L

BATTERY

F 6A

, F 8B

FUS

IBLE

LINK

PowerSource

Cruise Control

15 IH2 19 IH1

G-R

G-W

From Stop Light SW

<17-3>

To Speedom

eter[C

omb. M

eter]<

22-5>1

B, F 8AF 6

FUSIBLE LINK

To ThrottlePositionSensor<

2-7>

9

G-O

OD

From E

ngineC

ontrol Module

<9-2>

EP

CMS CCS

BR

MAIN

CA

NC

EL

SE

T/C

OA

ST

From P

ark/Neutral

Position S

W<

9-7>

26

L-

W-B

W- B

M

1



K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4


M1 2

M2 1

M2 1

M1 2

M1 2

M1 2

M1 2

M2 1

M1 2

5 9 8 4 7 12 11 2 65 8 4 7 12 11 2 6 3 9 1

R G R-L

G-L

R-B

G-B

R-Y

G-Y

G

R-W

FRO

NT

REA

RFR

ON

T

REA

RU

P

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

FRO

NT

REA

R

SLIDE RECLINING FRONT VERTICAL REAR VERTICAL LUMBAR SUPPORT

W-BP

20P

OW

ER SE

AT M

OTO

R(D

river’s S

eat S

lide Control )

P19

PO

WER

SEA

T MO

TOR

(Driver’

s Seat

Reclining C

ontrol)

P16

PO

WER

SEA

T MO

TOR

(Driver’

s Seat Front

Vertical C

ontrol )

P18

PO

WER

SEA

T MO

TOR

(Driver’

s Seat R

ear V

ertical Control )

P17

PO

WER

SEA

T MO

TOR

(Driver’

s Seat Lum

bar S

upport Control )

R-Y

G-B

R-B

G-L

R-L

GR G-Y

1 Bc1

10 ID2

3 Bc1 3 Bi1

BM13

W-B

W-B

FRO

NT

REA

RFR

ON

T

REA

RU

P

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

P15POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Passenger’ s Seat)

P14POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Driver’ s Seat)

W-B

W- B

P24

PO

WER

SEA

T MO

TOR

(Passenger’s S

eat S

lide Control )

P23

PO

WER

SEA

T MO

TOR

(Passenger’s S

eat R

eclining Control )

P21

PO

WER

SEA

T MO

TOR

(Passenger’s S

eat Front V

ertical Control )

P22

PO

WER

SEA

T MO

TOR

(Passenger’s S

eat Rear

Vertical C

ontrol )

SLIDE RECLINING FRONT VERTICAL REAR VERTICAL

1 Bi1

L-B

L-BL-B

L-BL

L

L

10 10

4

3

30A FL P

OW

ER

F11FUSE BLOCK

6 EA2

2

2

2

2

WB

50A AM

1

1

2

FL AM

1 1. 25B

BATTERY

F 6FU

SIBLE

LINK

B-L

1

BF Under the centerconsole box

PowerSource

Power Seat

3

4

B

6 II2



K

1 2 3 4


6 EA2

2

2

2

2

FL AM1 1. 25B

50AAM1

BATTERY

F 6FUSIBLE LINK

1 1

1 1

A

A

IEM

3 1

11 BJ1

2 1 6 13

L- B


POWERRELAY

30A FL PO

WE

R

F11FUSEBLOCK

P 9POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR LH

Rightkickpanel

M2 1

2 BN1 1 BN1 3 BN1

5 ID1 11 ID1

16 BJ1 17 BJ1

M3 1

2 BK1 5 BK1 1 BK1

2 BJ1 5 BJ1

M2 1

2 BP1 1 BP1 3 BP1

2 II1 1 II1

12 BJ1 15 BJ1

BJ11

FRONT LH FRONT RH REAR RH REAR LH

LOCK

NORMAL

WINDOWLOCKSW

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

E1 E FLU FLD FRU FRD RRU RRD RLU RLD

12 5 11 14 10 9

BW BW1

7 8

L-B

-+

+-

3 4

3

2

3

1

4

21

1

4 W-B

B-L

WB

L

G-O

L-B

W-B

W-B

B R

B-G

R-G

B

B

From D

oor LockC

ontrol Relay

<14-2>

L- B

2 3 5

1 4

W-B

W-B

B R

B-O

R-G

B-O

R-G

L-B

P 7POWER WINDOW MOTORFRONT LH

L- B

UP

DO

WN

L- B

L B

L-B

R-Y

B-Y

R-L

B-L

B-L

R-L

B-Y

R-Y

P 6POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

3 II1 1 ID1

1 4 1 4

2 3 5 2 3 5

L-B

L-B

L-B

R-Y

B-Y

L-B

R-L

B-L

B-L

R-L

B-L

R-L

B R B R

L- B L- B

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

P 8POWER WINDOW MOTORFRONT RH

P10POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR RH

P11PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

SWFR

ON

T RH

P13PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

SWR

EAR

RH

P12PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

SWR

EAR

LH

Power WindowPower Source

W-B

L- B

ID Left kickpanel

W-B

W-B



K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4


4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

1

FL AM

1 1. 25B

2

2

2

2

6 EA2

20 BJ1

To Door C

ourtesy SW

Front RH

<6-2>

10A G

AUG

E

BJ28 6 BJ2 5 BJ2

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

BJ119

BJ23

BJ27

17 BK1 18 BK1 20 BK1

11 BJ1

ID

4 BJ1 3 BJ1

M

4

21

3

M

4

21

3

12 BK1 3 BK1

14 BJ1

11 BK1 4 BK1

2 BJ2

4

2

M

4

2

M

4

2

M

8 BP1 8 BN1

3 BS1

3 BT17 BP1 7 BN1

BJ113

ID17

II111

II112

ID18

4 BR2

1 BT1

30AFL P

OW

ER

B

Left kick panel Right kick panel

To PO

WER

Relay

<13-1>

<15-2>

To U

nlock Warning S

W[Ignition SW

]<

17-2>

To Door C

ourtesy SW

Front LH<

6-3>

BB

YY

Y

L

G-O

R-B

R-G

R-L

G-O

L

R-B

R-B

R-G

WB

-L

L-B

L-Y

G-R

L-B

L-Y

G-R

G-Y

W-B

W-B

G-R

L-Y

L-B

W-B

W-B

L-R

LG

L-R

W-B

L-WL-W

L-W

L-OL-O

L-O

L-RL-R

L-R

W-B

L-W

L-W

L-W

L-WL-R

L-R

L-R

L-WL-W

L-W

L-R

B 7

BA

CK D

OO

RLO

CK M

OTO

R

P 6

DO

OR

LOC

K C

ON

TRO

L SW

LH[P

OW

ER W

IND

OW

MA

STE

R S

W]

F 6FU

SIBLE

LINK

BATTER

Y

F11FU

SE B

LOC

K

D20

DO

OR

KEY

LOC

K AN

DU

NLO

CK S

W LH

D21

DO

OR

KEY

LOC

K AND

UN

LOC

K SW

RH

D23

DO

OR

LOC

KC

ON

TRO

L SW R

H

D24

DO

OR

LOC

K M

OTO

R AN

DD

OO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TION

SW FR

ON

T LH

D25

DO

OR

LOC

K M

OTO

R AN

DD

OO

R U

NLO

CK

DE

TEC

TION

SW FR

ON

T RH

D27

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

R R

EA

R R

H

D26

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

R R

EA

R LH

W-B

W-B

IE

B

B- Y

W- B

L- Y

L- Y

L- B

W- B

L- W

L- W

L- R

L- RL- R

L- RL- RL- R

L- W L- W

LSWP

L- Y

G- R G- R

B


D22DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY

I12IGNITION SW

50AAM1

PowerSource Door Lock Control

4

A

1 3 3 4

A

4

11 12 9 16 6 3 4 5

3

A

3

8 15 7 2 14

4 3 1 2 1 2 3


1

2

1

10

1

3

L- B

PCTY

UL1 L2 UL2 E LSWD ACT- ACT+L1

IG B RLY KSW DCTY

A

2

L- W

1 BS1

3 BR2

L-R

L-RL-R

L- W

L-W

L-W

W-B

W-B

W- B

W- B



K

1 2 3 4


B

6 EA2

2

2

2

2

FL AM

1 1. 25B

15AHAZ- HORN

BATTERY

F 6FUSIBLE LINK

2

3

1

1

4

B-L

W

Power Source Horn

2 1

3

2

4

11

11

5 IE1

ID

IE16

1

2

2

2 2

2

2

1 EA1

10

Left kick panel

50AAM1

2

6 8 9 5 4 11 3 7 1 2

4

A

25 4

3

A

2

1 4 6 3 5 2 3 6

1

A

1 1

G- O

L- B

W- B W- B

W- B W- B W- B

G- W

W

B

L-B

W-B

W-B

L

W-B

W-B

G-Y

P

R-W

R-Y

RGR-L

G-W

G-R

G-R

G-W

G-O

W

Moon Roof

IG LS. 1 LS. 2 - + GND UP DOWN OPEN CLOSE

From Door LockControl Relay<14- 2>

POWERRELAY

M 2MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY

F11FUSEBLOCK

30A FL POW

ER


M 4MOON ROOFLIMIT SWAND MOTOR

M 3MOON ROOFCONTROL SW

NO

. 1

NO

. 2 UP

DO

WN

OPE

N

CLO

SE

HORNRELAY

H 8HORN RH(Low)

H 7HORN LH(High)

C14HORN SW[COMB. SW]

M

3

IE Right kick panel

W-B

W- B



K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4


LO

FL MA

IN 2. 0L

1 A1 B

2

2

2 2

2

6 EA23 EA3

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

3

2

FL AM

1 1. 25B

20A RE

AR

-HTR

21

21 1

B

B

2

6

1

4

3

MA

A

II22

IDBF

3 BM1

1 II2 5 II2


Left kick panel

1

15A TAIL

2

1

15A C

IG2

A

A

A

A

A

A

IE

B B

3 EA1

Right kick panel

L- W

B- Y

L- R

W

W

L- W

W- B

GR GR

B-L

W

WW

BW

BW B-Y

B-Y

YY

L-W

L-W

W-B

L

W-B

W-B

L-B

L-Y

L-B

L-Y

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

G

GR

GR G

R

L-R

L-YL-Y

L-Y

WW

1

3 2

5

2 4 24 2 1

11 3

I12IGNITION SW

F 6 A , F 8 B

FUSIBLE LINK

50AAM1

10ADOME

F11FUSE BLOCK

R14REAR HEATER




R 4REAR HEATER SW

R15REAR HEATERRELAY

F11FUSE BLOCK

TAILRELAY



C 9CLOCK

C 6CIGARETTELIGHTER

Power Source Rear Heater CigaretteLighter Clock

J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR1

2

3

10A G

AU

GE

HI

LO

HI

BATTERY

1 1

2 3

See TaillightSystem

<4-2

1

3

2

4

FUSIBLE LINK

1

F 6 A , F 8 B

A

3 1

2



K

1 2 3 4


FL MA

IN 2. 0L

FL AM

1 1. 25B

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

3

2

2

22

2

1 A1 B

2

6 EA23 EA3

1

10A GAU

GE

3

1

10A STOP

2

2

2

AA

A

3 EA1

B

B

14 ID2

2

1

BF

9

10

A

A

A

A

ID

1

2

3 BQ1

3 BS2

2 ID2

BR11

1 BS2

4 BR1

BG BF

IE

Power Source Unlock and Seat Belt Warning Stop Light Auto Antenna

50AAM1

10ADOME


Left kick panel Lower backpanel center


Right kickpanel

2

10

5 9

6

1

6

5

4 8 7 1

5 5

To Door C

ourtesy SW

Front LH<

6-3>

From D

oor LockC

ontrol Relay<

14-2>

BW

WW

B-L

W

L-YY

L-YL-YY

G

R-B

R-B

R-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

G-O

G-W

G-W

G-W

G-W

G-W

G-W

W-B

G-W

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

B

W

YG

G

W- B W- B

G- W

G- W

G- W G- W

L- R

B- YW

W

I12IGNITION SW

FUS

IBLE

LINK

F 6 A , F 8 B

BATTERY

1

4

23

F11FUSE BLOCK

F11FUSE BLOCK

3

1

BKL CTY L- SW E

IG B

C10SEAT BELT WARNINGLIGHT[COMB. METER]


S 3SEAT BELTWARNING RELAY

I12U

NLO

CK

WA

RN

ING

SW[IG

NITIO

N SW

]J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR


B 8BUCKLESW LH

G- W

G-W

G- W

To Shift Lock

EC

U<

3-2>

S13STOP LIGHT SW

To TRAILERSOCKET(Tail and Stop Light)<9- 7>

R 8

STOP

LIGH

T LH[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIGH

T LH]

R 9

STOP

LIGH

T RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

. LIG

HT R

H]

2

1

B, F 8

AF 6

FUSIBLE LINK

*1 : w/ Power Seat*2 : w/o Power Seat

IE Right kickpanel

W-B

W-B

H12

HIG

H M

OU

NTED

STOP

LIGH

T2

Bc1

Bj1

2

GG

W-B

W-B

(*2)

(*1)

(*1)

(*2)3

Bc1

Bj1

3

3 IF1

1

12 IF1

4 IF1

W-B

W-B

A

GR

GR

A

J 3JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

A

J 3JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

F11FUSE BLOCK

2

1

15A C

IG

B-Y

B- Y

L- R

To Engine ControlModule <2-7>To ABS ECU<10-4>To Cruise ControlECU<11-4>

A J 8JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

13 IF1

L-YL

M1 2

5 3

DO

WN

A 8

AUTO ANTENNA

MOTOR

UP

24

GR

A 21

AUTO ANTENNA

CONTROL SW

L-YL



K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4


2

2

2

2

6 EA23 EA3

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

3

2

IE

1

3 2

4

1

1 1

17 ID2

2 BR2

2 BS1

2 BT1

4 IF14 BR1

1 BS2

2 BT2

1 BX1

1 A

1 B 1 A

1 B

3

2

6

BF

10AGAUGE

20ADEFOG

1J 4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B

3 3

1

4

3

B

2

1 1

A

A

Y L-O L-YL-Y

Y L-Y

BW

-BW

-BW

-BBL-G

B-L

WB

W

BW

Y

L-O

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W

L- O

B

B

B- Y

F 6 A , F 8 B

R18 B

, R18 B

I12IGNITION SW

YA A

50AAM1

F11FUSE BLOCK

11 IF12 IF1


Y

DEFOGRELAY

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER

FUSIBLE LINK

FL MA

IN 2. 0L

FL AM

1 1. 25B


R 5REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER SW

Right kick panel Under the centerconsole box

BATTERY

115A

CIG

F11FUSE BLOCK

L- R

W

L- R

10 BJ1

MM

6 BJ19 BJ1 9 BK1 6 BK1 10 BK1

IDLeft kick panel

A

1 2 3

A

W G Y W

G

G-R

W-B

W-B

GR

1

2

R 6REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

WYG

R21REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH

R22REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH


Power Source Remote Control MirrorRear Window Defogger

IG

D

E

BU11

1

A , F 8 BF 6

FUSIBLE LINK

R17 A

R17 A

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

MM

1 2 3

WYG

HL VL M+E HR VR

RHRHLH LH

LEFT

RIG

HT

UP

DO

WN

LEFT/U

P

RIG

HT

/DO

WN

OP

ER

ATIO

N S

WS

ELEC

T SW

4 9 2 10 6 3

Y-R

Y W

B

IE Right kickpanel

W-B

W-B

1 1

BLACK BLACK



K

1 2 3 4

Radio and Player

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1

3

2

3 2

1 1

6 EA2

2

2

2

2

4

3

FL AM1 1. 25B

BATTERY

F 6FUSIBLE LINK

1

2

1

50A AM1

15A C

IG

10A GAU

GE

I12IGNITION SW

B- Y

L- R

1

4

M

ID

A

A

B

B

A

AA

A

C16COOLING FAN(Radio and Player)

2

2

GR3A

(*2)


9 A 6 B

16 II1 15 II1 8 II2 14 II1

9 3 6 2

J 3JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

Left kickpanel

BF Under the centerconsole box

7

3 BM1


(*3 )(*3 )

W-B

B-L

BB

W W

GR

Y

F11FUSE BLOCK

Y

(*3 )

W-B

(*2 )

(*2)

(*3 )

GR

R-B

LG

B(*3 )G

R

(*3 )R

-B

(*3 )Y

+B AMP+ RL- RL+

GND

R-B

(*3 )Y

(*3 )R

-B

2 1W 5WOOFER(SPEAKER)

(*3 )

(*3 )

W-B

W-B

LG-R

LG-B

10 4

2 17 BJ18 BJ1

2 1

19 ID1 20 ID1

F15FRONT DOORSPEAKER RH

F10FRONT SPEAKERRH

L

LG

L

LG

RW R

W

Y B

B

Y

R- B

(*3 )

(*3 )

(*3)

(*3 )

(* 1)

8 BK1 7 BK12 1

2 1

F14FRONT DOORSPEAKER LH

F 9FRONT SPEAKERLH

V PV P (*3 )

(*3 )

(*3 )

(*3 )

BY

BY

17 II1 18 II1

2 B

4 A

1 B

5 1

WF- WF+ RR- RR+

W(*3)

R(*3)

W R

(*2 )Y

(*2 )B(*2 )

W

B

Y

R

W

(* 1)GR

(* 3)

R- B

(* 1)

AMP RL- RL+RR- RR+

ACC

(*3 )

(*3 )

RW

Y BR12REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

R23ROOF SPEAKERLH

2 1

5 BN1 6 BN1

7 BR16 BR1

2 1

R24ROOF SPEAKERRH

R13REAR DOORSPEAKER RH

W R

W R

(*3)

(*3 )

1 BW1 2 BW1

5 BP1 6 BP1

2 1

2 1

6 A 2 A 5 A 1 A

(*3 )L LG

(*3 )

(*3 )L

LG(*3 )

(*2 )R (*2 )V (*2 )P (*2 )L

7 A

FL- FL+ FR- FR+ GND

+B

BR(*2)

(*1)

P

(*1)V

(*1)R

(*1)

W

(*1)B

(*1)Y

(*1)

R- B

(*1)GR

(*1)R- B

LG

RADIO AND PLAYER

R 1 A , R 3 B

W 6WOOFER AMPLIFIER

PowerSource

PW


(*1 )

BB

10ADOME

1

3

2

2

1B

12A

5A

11A

4A

8A

3A

7A

2A

1A ACC

AMP+

RL-

RL+

RR-

RR+

FL-

FL+

FR-

FR+

10 A

+B

9 A

IE Right kickpanel

BR

B

W

(*2)L- Y

GND

4B

5B

6B

7B

3B

12B

13B

14B

15B

11B

+B

MUTE

FL+

FR+

ACC

S GND

BEEP

RL+

RR+

GND11

15

14

13

12

3

7

6

5

4

1

+B

MUTE

FL+

FR+

ACC

S GND

BEEP

RL+

RR+

GND

AMP+

LG- R

(*1)

B

G

L

B- L

R

W

Y

BR

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(SHIELDED)

W-B

W-B

R 2RADIO ANDPLAYER

S11 A , S12 B

STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER

EA13

L- Y

3 B

L- Y

L-Y

(*2)BR

L(* 1)

(*1)

L- Y

(*1)

*1 : Separate Type Amplifer*2 : Built- In Type Amplifier*3 9 Speaker(w/ CD)

(*1)

BY

LG

(*1 )

BS12AS11BR 3 GRAYAR 1 GRAY

RADIO AND PLAYER STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2

3 4 5 6

543216 7 8 9 1011 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

8 A

V

VV

(*1)

(*2 )

ANT

To AutoA

ntennaE

CU

<17-4>

V 8ANT




K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4


B

6 EA2

2

2

2

2

FL AM

1 1. 25B

50AAM1

BATTERY

F 6FUSIBLE LINK

2

3

1

1

4

B-L

W

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

3 2

1 1

B- YB

B-Y

I12IGNITION SW

F11FUSE BLOCK

10A G

AUG

E

30A D

IFF

Power Source Center Differential Lock

8 C

7 C

3 IH1

1 EC1

1

2

IF12

9 IF1

8 EC1 12 EC1 7 EC1 11 EC1

10 IH1 16 IH1 8 IH1 9 IH1

ID Left kickpanel

EC

10 EC1

1

2

7

4

2 EC1

IH124

6 IH1

3 EC1

1

2

4 EC1

6 IH2

Air intake chamber

4 10 1 5

A

B

9 37

A

6352

4

A

B 7

A

B 10Y

L- B

Y

Y Y B

B- L

W- B

W- B

B

L-B

W-B

W-B

G-Y

G

G-B

G-R

G-R

G-B

G G-Y

G-R

G-B

G G-Y

B-L

B-L

W-B

W-B

Y-G

Y- G

R-L

R-L

P-BY

-BY

-BY

Y

YY

B-L

Y

P-B

AC10 GRAY BC11 BLUE


T 2TR

AN

SFER

L4P

OS

ITION

SW

P 1

A/T IN

DIC

ATO

R S

W[PA

RK/N

EUTR

AL P

OS

ITION

SW

]


C 2

CE

NTE

R D

IFF. LOC

KIN

DIC

ATO

R S

W

T 3TR

ANS

FER N

EU

TRA

LP

OS

ITION

SW

From A

BS

EC

U<

10-4>From

Diff. Lock E

CU

<21-3>

COMBINATION METER

S10SHORT PIN(Center Diff. Lock)

To Engine C

ontrolM

odule<2-7>

C 5CENTER DIFF. LOCKCONTROL RELAY

2


C 1CENTER DIFF. LOCKCONTROL MOTOR

B-Y

W-B

W- B

M

5 A

2 B

CENTERDIFE. LOCK

A/T P

C10 A , C11 B , C13 C

COMBINATION METER

IH216

Y- G

Y- L

D28DIODE(Neutral Detection)

IE Rightkickpanel

W-B

W-B

10987654321 13987654321 1011 12 1611109854321 12 13146 7 15

CC13

2

1



K

1 2 3 4


B

6 EA2

2

2

2

2

FL AM1 1. 25B

50AAM1

BATTERY

F 6FUSIBLE LINK

2

3

1

1

4

B-L

W

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

10 ID1 3 ID1 14 ID1 9 ID1

M

BG

6 Bh2

5 A

10 C 9 C

2 Bb1 1 Bb1 4 Bb1 3 Bb1

M

IE

6 Bb1

G-Y

6 BQ15 BQ12 BQ11 BQ1

G-Y

3 Bh24 Bh21 Bh22 Bh2

13 ID1 5 Bb1

5 Bh2

12 BQ1

1

2

1

2

Right kick panel Lower back panel center

5134 7 14 16 1 3 11 10 15

4

A

4

2 3

1 2

AA

6532

2 3 5 6

8 12 6

1 1

A A

9

2

W- B

G- R

W

YY

L- B

B- YB

W- B

W- B

W G-R

G-R

W-B

Y-W

Y-W

W

P-BL-W

W-B

L-BL-B

B-Y

L-Y

L-BLL-RL-G L L-B

L-Y

R-B

B-G

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

W-B

G-Y

G-Y

G-B

GG-L

G-B

GG-L

G-B

G

G-O

G-B

G

G-O

4

SPD GND M4 M3 REL4 REL3 M2 M1 REL2 REL1

IG R RF

I12IGNITION SW

F11FUSE BLOCK

D 4DIFF. LOCKCONTROL SW

D 5DIFF. LOCK ECU

RE

AR

FRO

NT/R

EAR

10A G

AU

GE

To Speedom

eter[C

omb. M

eter]<22-5>

F12FRONT DIFF. LOCKCONTROL MOTOR

R10REAR DIFF. LOCKCONTROL MOTOR


4WD

FLP

RLP

COMBINATION METER

C10 A , C13 C


REARDIFF. LOCK

FRONTDIFF. LOCK

To Center D

iff. LockIndicator SW

<20-1

R11

RE

AR

DIFF. LO

CK

POSITIO

N S

W

F13FR

ON

T DIFF. LO

CK

POS

ITION

SW

Power Source Front/Rear Differential Lock

30A D

IFF

B-Y

W

G-R

AC10 GRAY CC13

COMBINATION METER

10987654321 1611109854321 1213146 7 15



K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4

22 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON ( C o n t . n e x t p a g e )

2

2

2

2

B-L

FL AM1 1. 25B

4

1

3

BATTERY

F 6FUSIBLELINK

50AAM1

1

2

W

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2EA2

6B

B

I12IGNITION SW

3

1B-Y

F11FUSE BLOCK

10A G

AU

GE

6 IH1

3 EC1

B

B

AA

A

Ea12



YY

Y

R- G

Y

1 Ea1

3 Ea1

EC19

EC

1 2

3

Y

BR

Y

BR BR

Air intakechamber

V 1VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(Combination Meter)

EC16

IH11

Y

Y

R- O

R- OR- G

Y

Y

BO11

BO12

5

1 4

4 BO1

BF

R

Y- R

Y- R

R

R

Y- R

BR

BR

F18FUEL SENDER[FUEL PUMP]


Power Source Combination Meter

AC10 GRAY BC11 BLUE DC12 BROWN CC13

BO 3 GRAY

AO 2 BLACK

OIL PRESSURE SENDER

COMBINATION METER

R-O

1

1

10987654321 13987654321 10 1112 13987654321 101112 1611109854321 1213146 7 15

A

B

C

D

E



K

5 6 7 8


5 A 9 D 3 C 5 B 8 B 9 B 10 B 2 B 4 A 10 A 9 C

4 C 8 D 12 D 11 C 14 C 3 B 6 A 1 C 11 B 1 B7 A 8 A 1 A 6 B 9 A 10 C

O/D

OFF

2nd STR

T

FUEL

OIL LE

VE

L

OIL

VO

LT

TAC

HO

TUR

N LH TU

RN

RH

A/T O

IL TEM

P.

BR

AK

E

CE

NTE

R D

EFF.

LOC

K AB

S

SE

AT BELT

FRO

NT

DEFF. LO

CK

WA

TER

TEM

P.

(*1 )

CR

UIS

E

RE

AR

DEFF.

LOC

KDELAY

BULBCHECKRELAYFU

EL

Y

Y

1

2 IH1

L-W

B-R

G G-R

From P

ark/Neutral

Position SW

<1-1>

See Turn S

ignal andH

azard Warning Light

System

<7-3><

7-4>

See C

enter Differential

Lock System

<20-2>

See A

BS S

ystem<

10-4>

See Unlock and S

eat Belt

Warning S

ystem<

17-1>

See Illum

ination System

<5-2>

C10 A , C13 C, C11 B , C12 D

COMBINATION METER

ID25

ID218

3 EA4

1 EA4

9 ID2

1 EY1 3 EY1

7 IH2

EC

2

1

O 1

OIL LE

VEL W

AR

NIN

G SW

R- O

R

Y- R

PY-RR

PW

-B

1 B

Air intake chamber

1 A

IERight kick panel

WW

BR

BR

BR

W

BR

BR

O 2

A, O

3B

OIL P

RE

SSU

RE

SE

ND

ER

2

1

1

A

AA

A

ID

R-B

Y-L

B

W-B

W-B

R-W

W-B

BR

W- B

R- B

B 1

BR

AK

E FLUID

LEVE

LW

ARN

ING

SW

R-B

Left kick panel

From E

ngineC

ontrol Module

<2-8

J 7JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

J 2JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BR

(SH

IELD

ED

)(S

HIE

LDE

D)

(SHIE

LDE

D)

See ElectronicallyControlledTransmission andA/T IndicatorSystem<9- 6>

See Engine C

ontrolSystem

<2-3>

See Cruise C

ontrolSystem

<11-3>

See Illumination S

ystem<

5-2>

13 C6 C 16 C 2 A 2 C 8 C 13 D 3 D 4 D 5 D 2 D

5 C 15 C 7 B 3 A 12 B 7 C 6 D 11 D 10 D 7 D 1 D

See Front/R

ear Differential

Lock System

<21-4>

See H

eadlight System<

3-4>

See Interior LightSystem

<6-2>

See C

harging System<

1-3>

See SR

S S

ystem<

4-4>

See Ilum

ination System

<5-2>

See C

enter Differential

Lock System

<20-2>

See Electoronically C

ontrolledTransm

ission and A/T Indicator

System<

9-6>

HIG

H BE

AM

DO

OR

CH

AR

GE

SR

S

METER

ILLUM

INA

TION

A/T P

PW

R

P R N

(*2 )

D2L

See ElectronicallyC

ontrolled Transmission

and A/T Indicator

System<

9-6><

9-7>

See E

lectronicallyC

ontrolledTransm

ission andA

/T IndicatorS

ystem<

9-6>

See Front/Rear

Differential

Lock System

<21-4>

See Headlight

System<

3-4>

See Interior LightSystem

<6-2>

See Charging

System<

1-3>

See S

RS System

<4-4>

See Illumination

System<

5-2>

See Center D

ifferentialLock S

ystem<

20-2>

W-B

Combination Meter

W 3

WA

TER

TEMP

. S

EN

DE

R

SP

EED

OM

ETE

R

R- B

FromAB

S E

CU

<10-4 P

4P

ARK

ING

BR

AK

E SW

*2 A/T Indicator llumination*1 : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

BR

W-B

W- B

W- B

A

A

B

C

D

E

From

Engine

Control

Module

<2-8>

From

Diff. Lock

EC

U <

21-2>from

Cruise

Control

EC

U <

11-3>

N2

NO

ISE

FILT

ER

(OIL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SE

ND

ER

)W

BR

1

2



K O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

1 2 3 4

23 LAND CRUISER STATION WAGON (Cont. next page)

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

AM1 2

6 EA23 EA3

2

2

1 11

2

2

1 1

4

5

1

3

2

2

1

M

2

1

M

4

1

132

3

2

BB B B

1 1 2

3 2

4

A

A

1


1 B 1 A

8 IG1 9 IG1 3 IG1

4 2 1

ID

3

5

7

6

8

IG110

IE

IG14

IG16

1 IG1 2 IG1

A

A

L- R

Y

Y

L- B

L

L- W

W

L- R

B

W- B

B

G- W

G- B

W- B

6 10 11 5 12 2 91

7

2 3 1A

A

A

ID

1246

7 5 3 8

1 2 3

S 8SHORTCONNECTOR(A/C)

M

WARM

COOL

5 4

M

FRESH

RECIRC

A15AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A14AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

B 5

BLO

WER

SPEED

CO

NTR

OL

RE

LAY

B 4BLOWER RESISTOR

A10A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER

W- Y

R

L- R

R- L

W- BW- B

Y

B-L

WW

BBW

Y

W-G

L-Y

L-Y

L-RB

-W

L-B

B-L

W-B

R-L

L-R

L-R B

G-B

B-Y

GY-R

Y-G

W-B

B

W-G

B-O

Y-B

G-R

Y-R

Y-G

Y

Y

YYY

L-Y

L-W L Y

W-B

W-B

W

W-B

L- B

L- Y

B 2

BLO

WER

MO

TOR

(A/C)

B 3

BLO

WER

MO

TOR

(Heater )

L- R L- R

L-R

50A A

M1

40A FL HE

ATER

10A G

AUG

E

10A A. C

B- YW

W-B

L-R

HEATERRELAY

L-Y

L- B


I12IGNITION SW

F11FU

SE BLOC

K

FL AM1 1. 25B

FL MA

IN 2. 0L

F 6 A , F 8 B

BATTERY

FUSIBLE LINK

Left kick panel Right kick panel


W-B

1

F 6 A , F 8 B

FUSIBLE LINK

Y

Y

Y

L- R

G-W

G-B

B-Y

G


Left kick panel

AH10 BH11


PowerSource Air Conditioning

G- B

BLUE

M1HI

M2

W-B

W- B

A

A

Y

J 1JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

1 32 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N



K

5 6 7 8


L−R

Y

Y

L- B

L- W

L- R

W

L

B

W- B

B

G- W

G-B

W- B

5

6

1 2 3 4 7

M

1 B 3 B 2 B 9 A 1 A 9 B 10 B 13 B 14 A

ECIE

2

1

A

A

1

2 EY1

17 IH2

2 IG210 IG2

12 A 7 A 11 B 4 B 17 B 18 B 8 A 18 A 19 A 16 B

3

4

1

2

74986523

11 IG2 20 IG2 17 IG2

9 IG2

1 IG2

6 EA1

12 EA1

FACEB/L

FOOTF/D

DEF FACEB/L

FOOTF/D

DEF

9 15 12 14 13 2 4 16 11

3 6 7 8 1 5

1

4

GR

-R

Y-R

R-L

LG-R

LG-B

Y-G

W-L

GR

-G

L

L-B

W L-W L B L-R

GR

-R

L-R

LG

W-R

V-GV

G-R

R-LL

Y-G

Y-RY

Y

W-B

LG-R

LG-B

W-B

R-B

R-B

GR

R-G

R-G

R-G W

-L

W-L

W-L

B R-B

B-R

L-Y

Y-L

L-R

Y-R

W-B

L P-L

B-W

G-Y

B-W

B-W

G-Y

W-B

W-B

W-B

B- W

Y- R

Y

Y

V-GV

G-R

W-B

LG

W- R

A16AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A 2

A/C

DU

AL PR

ESS

UR

E SW

LO M1 M2 HI

BLOWER SW

FACE B/L FOOT F/D

TEMPERATURECONTROL LEVER MODE SELECTION SW

W- B

J 8JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

W 4

WATER

TEM

P. SW

(A/C

)

A 1

A/C

MA

GN

ETIC

CLU

TCH

Air intakechamber

A/C SW RECIRC/FRESH SW

Right kickpanel

S 9

SH

OR

T CO

NN

EC

TOR

(A/C)

Air Conditioning

A 9A/C AMPLIFIER

GR

-G

From P

ark/Neutral

Position SW<

1-1>

A11

A/C

THER

MIS

TOR

E 8

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LAN

TTE

MP

. CU

T RE

LAY

TEMP.

2

1

W- B

To Engine C

ontrolM

odule<2-8>

H10 A , H11 B


FRC

RE

C

FRC

RE

C

9 EA1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

6 B

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

DEF

W-L



1996 Toyota Land Cruiser Electrical Wiring Diagram ... · PDF fileOVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING...

Documents

Transcript of 1996 Toyota Land Cruiser Electrical Wiring Diagram ... · PDF fileOVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING...